[DONE] po-debconf://pacote/pt_BR.po

[Christian PERRIER]

For the robot, closing this mistakenly addressed robot message (which
leads to one mail per hour to debian-l10n admins...:-) )

-- 




signature.asc
Description: PGP signature

unattended-upgrades 0.86.6: Please update debconf PO translation for the package unattended-upgrades

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
unattended-upgrades. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, November 17, 2015.

Thanks,



pt_BR.po.gz
Description: Binary data

xringd 1.20-27: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xringd

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
xringd. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, October 10, 2015.

Thanks,



pt_BR.po.gz
Description: Binary data

ejabberd 15.03-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ejabberd

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
ejabberd. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, August 05, 2015.

Thanks,



pt_BR.po.gz
Description: Binary data

Re: Bug#791471: neurodebian: [INTL:pt_BR] Brazilian Portuguese debconf templates translation

[Christian PERRIER]

Quoting Adriano Rafael Gomes (adrian...@arg.eti.br):
 Package: neurodebian
 Tags: l10n patch
 Severity: wishlist
 
 Hello,
 
 Please, Could you update the Brazilian Portuguese Translation?
 
 Attached you will find the file pt_BR.po. It is UTF-8 encoded and it is
 tested with msgfmt and podebconf-display-po.
 
 Kind regards.

A typo was found in the original English strings where
dpkg-reconfigure was spelled as dpg-reconfigure.

This is fixed in the attached file (and also fixed in the translation
of course)



-- 




pt_BR.po
Description: application/gettext


signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

debconf 1.5.54: Please update the PO translation for the package debconf

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the translation for
debconf. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug
against debconf.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 06:54:57 +0100.

Thanks in advance,

# Debian e Debian-BR: por um Debian mais universal =)
# Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Gustavo Noronha Silva k...@debian.org, 2001.
# André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org, 2004-2005.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debconf\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-22 20:04-0400\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-05 21:07-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#: ../Debconf/AutoSelect.pm:76
#, perl-format
msgid falling back to frontend: %s
msgstr tentando com frontend: %s

#: ../Debconf/AutoSelect.pm:84
#, perl-format
msgid unable to initialize frontend: %s
msgstr falha ao inicializar frontend: %s

#: ../Debconf/AutoSelect.pm:90
#, perl-format
msgid Unable to start a frontend: %s
msgstr Impossível iniciar um frontend: %s

#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:130
msgid Config database not specified in config file.
msgstr 
Banco de dados de configuração não especificado no arquivo de configuração.

#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:134
msgid Template database not specified in config file.
msgstr 
Banco de dados de templates não especificado no arquivo de configuração.

#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:139
msgid 
The Sigils and Smileys options in the config file are no longer used. Please 
remove them.
msgstr 
As opções Sigils e Smileys no arquivo de configuração não são mais usadas. 
Por favor, removas as mesmas.

#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:153
#, perl-format
msgid Problem setting up the database defined by stanza %s of %s.
msgstr Problemas configurando o banco de dados definido pela stanza %s de %s.

#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:228
msgid 
  -f,  --frontend\t\tSpecify debconf frontend to use.\n
  -p,  --priority\t\tSpecify minimum priority question to show.\n
   --terse\t\t\tEnable terse mode.\n
msgstr 
  -f   --frontend\t\tEspecifica o frontend a ser utilizado.\n
  -p   --priority\t\tEspecifica a prioridade mínima das 
questões  a serem exibidas.\n
   --terse\t\tHabilita modo resumido.\n

#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:308
#, perl-format
msgid Ignoring invalid priority \%s\
msgstr Ignorando prioridade \%s\ inválida

#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:309
#, perl-format
msgid Valid priorities are: %s
msgstr Prioridades válidas são : %s

#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:30
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Multiselect.pm:31
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Select.pm:31
msgid Choices
msgstr Escolhas

#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:30
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:36
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:59
#: ../Debconf/Element/Teletype/Boolean.pm:28
msgid yes
msgstr sim

#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:30
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:39
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:62
#: ../Debconf/Element/Teletype/Boolean.pm:29
msgid no
msgstr não

#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Multiselect.pm:32
msgid 
(Enter zero or more items separated by a comma followed by a space (', ').)
msgstr 
(Digite zero ou mais itens separados por uma vírgula seguida de um espaço 
(', ').)

#: ../Debconf/Element/Gnome.pm:182
msgid _Help
msgstr Aj_uda

#: ../Debconf/Element/Gnome.pm:184
msgid Help
msgstr Ajuda

#: ../Debconf/Element/Noninteractive/Error.pm:40
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Debconf is not confident this error message was displayed, so it mailed it 
to you.
msgstr 
O Debconf não foi configurado para mostrar esta mensagem de erro, portanto o 
mesmoi a enviou para você.

#: ../Debconf/Element/Noninteractive/Error.pm:67
msgid Debconf
msgstr Debconf

#: ../Debconf/Element/Noninteractive/Error.pm:90
#, perl-format
msgid Debconf, running at %s
msgstr Debconf, rodando em %s

#: ../Debconf/Element/Select.pm:95 ../Debconf/Element/Select.pm:110
#, perl-format
msgid 
Input value, \%s\ not found in C choices! This should never happen. 
Perhaps the templates were incorrectly localized.
msgstr 
Valor de entrada, \%s\ não encontrado nas escolhas C! Isso nunca deveria 
acontecer. Talvez os templates foram traduzidos incorretamente.

#: ../Debconf/Element/Teletype/Multiselect.pm:27
msgid none of the above
msgstr nenhuma das acima

#: ../Debconf/Element/Teletype/Multiselect.pm:47
msgid Enter the items you want to select, separated by spaces.
msgstr Digite os itens que quer selecionar, separados por espaços.

#: ../Debconf/FrontEnd.pm:140
#, perl-format
msgid Unable to load Debconf::Element::%s. Failed because: %s
msgstr Impossível carregar Debconf::Element::%s. Falhou 

arb 6.0.2-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package arb

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
arb. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, October 25, 2014.

Thanks,

# arb Brazilian Portuguese debconf template translation.
# Copyright (C) 2010 arb's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the arb package.
# Gustavo Jordan gustavojcbra...@gmail.com, 2010.
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: arb\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: a...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-11 07:42+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-05 22:19-0300\n
Last-Translator: Gustavo Jordan gustavojcbra...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../arb-common.templates:2001
msgid ARB PT-server administrators:
msgstr 

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../arb-common.templates:2001
msgid 
The default configuration of PT-server slots in /etc/arb/arb_tcp.dat gives 
ARB three global slots accessible by all users (connecting to localhost:
${PORT}), as well as three slots to give private per-user access (connecting 
to ~/.arb_pts/${USER}${NUMBER}.socket).
msgstr 

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../arb-common.templates:2001
msgid 
Only members of the \arb\ system group will be able to build and update 
the shared PT-servers. Please enter the login names for these privileged 
users.
msgstr 

#~ msgid Arb users:
#~ msgstr Usuários arb:

#~ msgid 
#~ Please choose, among the list of all unprivileged users of the system, 
#~ those who will be allowed running ${pkg}.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Por favor escolha, entre a lista de todos os usuários sem privilégios no 
#~ sistema, aqueles que poderão executar ${pkg}.

dictionaries-common 1.23.7: Please update debconf PO translation for the package dictionaries-common

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
dictionaries-common. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

(this is the second call for translation as a translatable template
was omitted in the originally sent call for translations a few days ago)

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, August 07, 2014.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: dictionaries-common\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dictionaries-com...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-24 07:01+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-15 13:33+0200\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:2001
msgid Possible debconf database corruption
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:2001
msgid 
The setting for \${question}\ is missing, but packages providing 
candidates are installed: \${class_packages}\.
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:2001
msgid 
This may be due to corruption in the debconf database. See \/usr/share/doc/
dictionaries-common/README.problems\ on \Debconf database corruption\.
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:2001
msgid 
In this case, running \/usr/share/debconf/fix_db.pl\ can help to put the 
debconf database in a consistent state.
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:2001
msgid 
Some questions are likely to be asked after this message in order to leave 
the dictionaries system in a (provisionally) working state.
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
msgid Invalid configuration value for default dictionary
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
msgid 
An invalid value has been found for a configuration setting for dictionaries-
common. \${value}\ does not correspond to any installed package on the 
system.
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| That is usually caused by problems at some time during packages 
#| installation, where the package providing [${value}] was selected for 
#| installation but finally not installed because of errors in other 
#| packages.
msgid 
This is usually caused by previous problems during package installation, 
where the package providing \${value}\ was selected for installation but 
finally not installed because of errors in other packages.
msgstr 
Isso é normalmente causado por problemas em algum momento durante a 
instalação de pacotes, onde o pacote que fornece [${value}] foi selecionado 
para instalação mas não foi instalado devido a erros em outros pacotes.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| To fix this error, reinstall (or install) the package that provides the 
#| missing value.  Then, if you don't want this package on your system, 
#| remove it, which will also remove its debconf entries. Menu to be shown 
#| after this message will try to leave the system in a working state until 
#| then.
msgid 
To fix this error, reinstall (or install) the package that provides 
\${value}\. Then, if you don't want that package on this system, remove 
it, which will also delete this configuration setting. A menu of choices 
will be shown after this message in order to leave the system in a working 
state until you fix the problem.
msgstr 
Para corrigir isso, reinstale (ou instale) o pacote que fornece o valor que 
está faltando. Caso você não queira mais este pacote em seu sistema, remova-
o, o que irá remover as entradas debconf. O menu que será exibido após esta 
mensagem tentará deixar o sistema em um estado funcional até lá.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT 

Re: dictionaries-common 1.23.7: Please update debconf PO translation for the package dictionaries-common

[Christian PERRIER]

Quoting Fred Maranhão (fred.maran...@gmail.com):
 Perrier,
 
 updated file attached.
 
 Brazilian team,
 
 if someone want to review, please, send reviewed file to me.


Of course, do not forget to send it as a bug report, once it is
reviewed and OK for you




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

dictionaries-common 1.23.7: Please update debconf PO translation for the package dictionaries-common

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
dictionaries-common. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, August 06, 2014.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: dictionaries-common\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dictionaries-com...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-23 07:03+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-15 13:33+0200\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
msgid Invalid configuration value for default dictionary
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
msgid 
An invalid value has been found for a configuration setting for dictionaries-
common. \${value}\ does not correspond to any installed package on the 
system.
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| That is usually caused by problems at some time during packages 
#| installation, where the package providing [${value}] was selected for 
#| installation but finally not installed because of errors in other 
#| packages.
msgid 
This is usually caused by previous problems during package installation, 
where the package providing \${value}\ was selected for installation but 
finally not installed because of errors in other packages.
msgstr 
Isso é normalmente causado por problemas em algum momento durante a 
instalação de pacotes, onde o pacote que fornece [${value}] foi selecionado 
para instalação mas não foi instalado devido a erros em outros pacotes.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| To fix this error, reinstall (or install) the package that provides the 
#| missing value.  Then, if you don't want this package on your system, 
#| remove it, which will also remove its debconf entries. Menu to be shown 
#| after this message will try to leave the system in a working state until 
#| then.
msgid 
To fix this error, reinstall (or install) the package that provides 
\${value}\. Then, if you don't want that package on this system, remove 
it, which will also delete this configuration setting. A menu of choices 
will be shown after this message in order to leave the system in a working 
state until you fix the problem.
msgstr 
Para corrigir isso, reinstale (ou instale) o pacote que fornece o valor que 
está faltando. Caso você não queira mais este pacote em seu sistema, remova-
o, o que irá remover as entradas debconf. O menu que será exibido após esta 
mensagem tentará deixar o sistema em um estado funcional até lá.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| This error message can also appear during ispell dictionary or wordlist 
#| renaming (e.g., wenglish- wamerican). In this case it is harmless and 
#| everything will be fixed after you select your default in the menu(s) 
#| shown after this message.
msgid 
This error message can also appear during ispell dictionary or wordlist 
renaming (e.g.: wenglish - wamerican). In this case it is harmless and 
everything will be fixed after you select your default in the menu(s) shown 
after this message.
msgstr 
Esta mensagem de erro podem aparecer também durante a renomeação do 
dicionário ou da lista de palavras ispell (ou seja, wenglish- wamerican). 
Nesse caso, esta mensagem é inofensiva e tudo estará corrigido depois que 
você selecionar seu padrão no(s) menu(s) exibido(s) após esta mensagem.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:4001 ../dictionaries-common.templates:5001
msgid ${echoices}
msgstr ${echoices}

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. 

apt-cacher-ng 0.7.24-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package apt-cacher-ng

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
apt-cacher-ng. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, February 10, 2014.

Thanks,

# Debconf translations for apt-cacher-ng.
# Copyright (C) 2010 THE apt-cacher-ng'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the apt-cacher-ng package.
# Bruno Gurgel bruno.gur...@gmail.com, 2010.
# Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com, 2010.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: apt-cacher-ng 0.5.12-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: apt-cacher...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-27 06:52+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-13 14:43-0200\n
Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n  1);\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2001
msgid Set up once
msgstr Configurar uma vez

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2001
msgid Set up now and update later
msgstr Configurar agora e atualizar depois

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2001
msgid No automated setup
msgstr Sem configuração automatizada

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2002
msgid Automatic remapping of client requests:
msgstr Remapeamento automático das requisições dos clientes:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Apt-Cacher NG can download packages from repositories other than those 
#| requested by the clients. This allows it to cache content effectively, 
#| and makes it easy for an administrator to switch to another mirror later.
msgid 
Apt-Cacher NG can download packages from repositories other than those 
requested by the clients. This allows it to cache content effectively, and 
makes it easy for an administrator to switch to another mirror later. The 
URL remapping can be set up automatically, using a configuration based on 
the current state of /etc/apt/sources.list.
msgstr 
O Apt-Cacher NG pode baixar pacotes de repositórios diferentes daqueles 
requisitados pelos clientes. Isso permite fazer cache de conteúdo de forma 
eficaz, e torna a troca para outros repositórios mais fácil para o 
administrador.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2002
msgid 
Please specify whether the remapping should be configured once now, or 
reconfigured on every update of Apt-Cacher NG (modifying the configuration 
files each time), or left unconfigured.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2002
msgid 
Selecting \No automated setup\ will leave the existing configuration 
unchanged. It will need to be updated manually.
msgstr 
Selecionar \Sem configuração automatizada\ deixará inalterada a 
configuração existente. Ela precisará ser atualizada manualmente.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:3001
msgid Listening address(es) for Apt-Cacher NG:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:3001
msgid 
Please specify the local addresses that Apt-Cacher NG should listen on 
(multiple entries must be separated by spaces).
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:3001
msgid 
Each entry must be an IP address or hostname associated with a local network 
interface. Generic protocol-specific addresses are also supported, such as 
0.0.0.0 for listening on all IPv4-enabled interfaces.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:3001
msgid 
If this field is left empty, Apt-Cacher NG will listen on all interfaces, 
with all supported protocols.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:3001 ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:6001
msgid 
The special word \keep\ keeps the value from the current (or default) 
configuration unchanged.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:4001
msgid Listening TCP port:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:4001
msgid 
Please specify the TCP port that Apt-Cacher NG should listen on for incoming 
HTTP (proxy) requests. The default value is port 3142, but it can be set to 
 to emulate apt-proxy.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:4001
msgid 
If this field is left empty, the value from the current configuration 
remains unchanged.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:5001
msgid Top-level directory for package cache:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: 

localepurge 0.7.4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package localepurge

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
localepurge. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, November 22, 2013.

Thanks,

# Debconf translations for localepurge.
# Copyright (C) 2012 THE localepurge'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the localepurge package.
# Tiago Bortoletto Vaz ti...@debian-ba.org, 2005.
# Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com, 2012.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: localepurge 0.6.3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: localepu...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-08 07:01+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-28 23:16-0300\n
Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:2001
msgid Locale files to keep on this system:
msgstr 

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:2001
msgid 
The localepurge package will remove all locale files from the system except 
those that you select here.
msgstr 

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:2001
msgid 
When selecting the locale corresponding to your language and country code 
(such as \de_DE\, \de_CH\, \it_IT\, etc.) it is recommended to choose 
the two-character entry (\de\, \it\, etc.) as well.
msgstr 

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:2001
msgid 
Entries from /etc/locale.gen will be preselected if no prior configuration 
has been successfully completed.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:3001
msgid Use dpkg --path-exclude?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:3001
msgid 
dpkg supports --path-exclude and --path-include options to filter files from 
packages being installed.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:3001
msgid 
Please see /usr/share/doc/localepurge/README.dpkg-path for more information 
about this feature. It can be enabled (or disabled) later by running \dpkg-
reconfigure localepurge\.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:3001
msgid 
This option will become active for packages unpacked after localepurge has 
been (re)configured. Packages installed or upgraded together with 
localepurge may (or may not) be subject to the previous configuration of 
localepurge.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:4001
msgid Really remove all locales?
msgstr Realmente remover todos os locales?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| You chose not to keep any locales. This means that all locales will be 
#| removed from your system. Are you sure this really is what you want?
msgid 
No locale has been chosen for being kept. This means that all locales will 
be removed from this system. Please confirm whether this is really your 
intent.
msgstr 
Você não selecionou nenhum locale a ser mantido. Isso significa que todos os 
locales serão removidos do sistema. Você tem certeza de que é isso mesmo que 
deseja fazer?

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:5001
msgid No localepurge action until the package is configured
msgstr 

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| localepurge will not be useful until you successfully configure it with 
#| the command \dpkg-reconfigure localepurge\. The configured entries 
#| from /etc/locale.gen of the locales package will then be automagically 
#| preselected.
msgid 
The localepurge package will not be useful until it has been successfully 
configured using the command \dpkg-reconfigure localepurge\. The 
configured entries from /etc/locale.gen of the locales package will then be 
automatically preselected.
msgstr 
O localepurge não será útil até que você o configure com sucesso com o 
comando \dpkg-reconfigure localepurge\. As entradas configuradas de /etc/
locale.gen do pacote locales serão então \automagicamente\ pré-
selecionadas.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:6001
msgid Also delete localized man pages?
msgstr Remover também páginas de manuais traduzidas?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Based on the same locale information you chose above, localepurge can 
#| also delete superfluous localized man pages.
msgid 
Based on the same locale information you chose, localepurge can also delete 
localized man pages.
msgstr 
Baseado nas mesmas informações de locale que você escolheu anteriormente, o 

samba 2:4.0.10+dfsg-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package samba

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
samba. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against samba.

There is no strict deadline for this as there will be many releases of
the package until jessie is released..:-)

Thanks in advance,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: samba\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sa...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2013-06-19 21:52+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-12 16:16-0200\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:1001
msgid Upgrade from Samba 3?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:1001
msgid 
It is possible to migrate the existing configuration files from Samba 3 to 
Samba 4. This is likely to fail for complex setups, but should provide a 
good starting point for most existing installations.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:2001
msgid Server role
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:2001
msgid 
Domain controllers manage NT4-style or Active Directory domains and provide 
services such as identity management and domain logons. Each domain needs to 
have a at least one domain controller.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:2001
msgid 
Member servers can be part of a NT4-style or Active Directory domain but do 
not provide any domain services. Workstations and file or print servers are 
usually regular domain members.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:2001
msgid 
A standalone server can not be used in a domain and only supports file 
sharing and Windows for Workgroups-style logins.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:2001
msgid 
If no server role is specified, the Samba server will not be provisioned, so 
this can be done manually by the user.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:3001
msgid Realm name:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:3001
msgid 
Please specify the Kerberos realm for the domain that this domain controller 
controls.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:3001
msgid Usually this is the a capitalized version of your DNS hostname.
msgstr 

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:4001
msgid New password for the Samba \administrator\ user:
msgstr 

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:4001
msgid If this field is left blank, a random password will be generated.
msgstr 

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:4001
msgid A password can be set later by running, as root:
msgstr 

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:4001
msgid  $ samba-tool user setpassword administrator
msgstr 

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:5001
msgid Repeat password for the Samba \administrator\ user:
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:6001
msgid Password input error
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../samba-ad-dc.templates:6001
msgid The two passwords you entered were not the same. Please try again.
msgstr 

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:1001
msgid Samba server and utilities
msgstr Servidor Samba e utilitários

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:2001
msgid Modify smb.conf to use WINS settings from DHCP?
msgstr Modificar smb.conf para usar configurações WINS fornecidas via DHCP ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:2001
msgid 
If your computer gets IP address information from a DHCP server on the 
network, the DHCP server may also provide information about WINS servers 
(\NetBIOS name servers\) present on the network.  This requires a change 
to your smb.conf file so that DHCP-provided WINS settings will automatically 
be read from /etc/samba/dhcp.conf.
msgstr 
Caso seu computador obtenha as informações de endereçamento IP de um 
servidor DHCP na rede, o servidor DHCP poderá também fornecer informações 

[BTS#719937] po-debconf://samba/pt_BR.po

[Christian PERRIER]

Second step of robot cleaning messages

-- 




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

strongswan 5.1.0-1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package strongswan

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
strongswan. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.

The maintainer forgot to ask for translation updates so I'm doing that
on his behalf.

Please send updates as wishlist bugs
against strongswan. DO NOT SEND THEM TO ME.

There is no specific deadline for this.

Thanks in advance,

# Debconf translations for strongswan.
# Copyright (C) 2010 THE strongswan'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the strongswan package.
#
# André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org, 2005.
# Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com, 2010.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: strongswan\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: strongs...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2013-02-07 13:28+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-12 00:00-0200\n
Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:2001
msgid Old runlevel management superseded
msgstr Antigo gerenciamento de nível de execução (\runlevel\) obsoleto

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:2001
msgid 
Previous versions of the strongSwan package gave a choice between three 
different Start/Stop-Levels. Due to changes in the standard system startup 
procedure, this is no longer necessary or useful. For all new installations 
as well as old ones running in any of the predefined modes, sane default 
levels will now be set. If you are upgrading from a previous version and 
changed your strongSwan startup parameters, then please take a look at NEWS.
Debian for instructions on how to modify your setup accordingly.
msgstr 
Versões anteriores do pacote strongSwan permitiam escolher entre três 
diferentes Níveis de Início/Parada (\Start/Stop-Levels\). Devido a 
mudanças no procedimento padrão de inicialização do sistema, isso não é mais 
necessário ou útil. Para todas as novas instalações, bem como para as 
antigas instalações executando em qualquer dos modos predefinidos, níveis 
padrão adequados serão definidos agora. Se você está atualizando a partir de 
uma versão anterior e alterou seus parâmetros de inicialização do 
strongSwan, então, por favor, veja o arquivo NEWS.Debian para instruções 
sobre como modificar sua configuração de acordo.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:3001
msgid Restart strongSwan now?
msgstr Reiniciar o strongSwan agora?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:3001
msgid 
Restarting strongSwan is recommended, since if there is a security fix, it 
will not be applied until the daemon restarts. Most people expect the daemon 
to restart, so this is generally a good idea. However, this might take down 
existing connections and then bring them back up, so if you are using such a 
strongSwan tunnel to connect for this update, restarting is not recommended.
msgstr 
Reiniciar o strongSwan é recomendado, uma vez que caso exista uma correção 
para uma falha de segurança, a mesma não será aplicada até que o daemon seja 
reiniciado. A maioria das pessoas espera que o daemon seja reiniciado, 
portanto essa é geralmente uma boa idéia. Porém, isso pode derrubar conexões 
existentes, e então posteriormente trazê-las de volta, assim se você está 
usando um túnel strongSwan para se conectar para fazer esta atualização, não 
é recomendado reiniciar.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Start strongSwan's IKEv1 daemon?
msgid Start strongSwan's charon daemon?
msgstr Iniciar o daemon IKEv1 do strongSwan?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| The charon daemon must be running to support version 2 of the Internet 
#| Key Exchange protocol.
msgid 
The charon daemon must be running to support the Internet Key Exchange 
protocol.
msgstr 
O daemon \charon\ deve estar em execução para suportar a versão 2 do 
protocolo Internet Key Exchange.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:5001
msgid Use an X.509 certificate for this host?
msgstr Usar um certificado X.509 para este host?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:5001
msgid 
An X.509 certificate for this host can be automatically created or imported. 
It can be used to authenticate IPsec connections to other hosts and is the 
preferred way of building up secure IPsec connections. The other possibility 
would be to use shared secrets (passwords that are the same on both sides of 
the tunnel) for authenticating a connection, but for a larger number of 
connections, key based authentication is easier to administer and more 
secure.
msgstr 
Um 

snort 2.9.5.3-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package snort

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
snort. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, September 27, 2013.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: snort\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sn...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 08:03+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-07 22:06-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@ig.com.br\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../snort.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid root
msgid boot
msgstr root

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../snort.templates:2001
msgid dialup
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../snort.templates:2001
msgid manual
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../snort.templates:2002
msgid Snort start method:
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../snort.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Snort can be started during boot, when connecting to the net with pppd or 
#| only when you manually start it via /usr/sbin/snort.
msgid 
Please choose how Snort should be started: automatically on boot, 
automatically when connecting to the net with pppd, or manually with the /
usr/sbin/snort command.
msgstr 
O Snort pode ser iniciado durante a inicialização da máquina, quando 
conectando a Internet com o pppd ou somente quando você iniciar manualmente 
através do comando /usr/sbin/snort.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../snort.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid On which interface Snort should listen? (only one!)
msgid Interface(s) which Snort should listen on:
msgstr Em qual interface de rede o Snort deve ouvir ? (somente uma !)

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../snort.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Please enter the interface name which snort should listen on. The name of 
#| the available interfaces are provided by running 'ip link show'. This 
#| value usually is 'eth0', but you might want to vary this depending on 
#| your environment, if you are using a dialup connection 'ppp0' might be 
#| more appropiate.
msgid 
This value is usually \eth0\, but this may be inappropriate in some 
network environments; for a dialup connection \ppp0\ might be more 
appropriate (see the output of \/sbin/ifconfig\).
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o nome da interface na qual o snort deverá ouvir. O nome 
das interfaces disponíveis podem ser visualizados executando-se o comando 
'ip link show'. Esse valor geralmente é 'eth0', mas você pode querer variar 
isso dependendo de seu ambiente, caso você esteja usando uma conexão 
discada, 'ppp0' pode ser mais apropriado.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../snort.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Notice that Snort is usually configured to inspect all traffic coming 
#| from the Internet, so the interface you add here is usually the same the 
#| 'default route' is on.  You can determine which interface is used for 
#| this running either '/sbin/ip ro sh' or '/sbin/route -n' (look for 
#| 'default' or '0.0.0.0').
msgid 
Typically, this is the same interface as the \default route\ is on. You 
can determine which interface is used for this by running \/sbin/route -n
\ (look for \0.0.0.0\).
msgstr 
Note que o Snort é geralmente configurado para inspecionar todo tráfego 
chegando da Internet, de modo que a interface que você adicionar aqui 
geralmente é a mesma onde a 'rota padrão' está. Você pode determinar qual 
interface é usada para isso executando o comando '/sbin/ip ro sh' ou '/sbin/
route -n' (procure por 'default' ou '0.0.0.0').

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../snort.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| It is also not uncommon to run Snort on an interface with no IP and 
#| configured in promiscuous mode, if this is your case, select the 
#| interface in this system that is physically connected to the network you 
#| want to inspect, enable promiscuous mode later on and make sure that the 
#| network traffic is sent to this interface (either connected to a 'port 
#| mirroring/spanning' port in a switch, to a hub or to a tap)
msgid 
It is also not uncommon to use an interface with no IP address configured in 
promiscuous 

glance 2013.1.2-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package glance

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
glance. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against glance.

There is no strict deadline for this to happen.

Thanks in advance,

# Debconf translations for glance.
# Copyright (C) 2012 THE glance'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the glance package.
# Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com, 2012.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: glance\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gla...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-11-22 17:07+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-08 17:37-0300\n
Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:2001
msgid Pipeline flavor:
msgstr Sabor do pipeline:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:2001
msgid Please specify the flavor of pipeline to be used by Glance.
msgstr Por favor, especifique o sabor do pipeline a ser usado pelo Glance.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:2001
msgid 
If you use the OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone), you might want to 
select \keystone\. If you don't use this service, you can safely choose 
\caching\ only.
msgstr 
Se você usa o Serviço de Identidade OpenStack (Keystone), você pode querer 
selecionar \keystone\. Se você não usa esse serviço, você pode escolher 
seguramente apenas \caching\.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Auth server admin token:
msgid Auth server hostname:
msgstr Token admin do servidor de autenticação:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Please specify the URL of your Glance authentication server. Typically 
#| this is also the URL of your OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone).
msgid 
Please specify the URL of your Glance authentication server. Typically this 
is also the URL of your OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone).
msgstr 
Por favor, especifique a URL do seu servidor de autenticação Glance. 
Tipicamente, essa é também a URL do seu Serviço de Identidade OpenStack 
(Keystone).

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Auth server admin token:
msgid Auth server tenant name:
msgstr Token admin do servidor de autenticação:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Auth server admin token:
msgid Auth server username:
msgstr Token admin do servidor de autenticação:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Auth server admin token:
msgid Auth server password:
msgstr Token admin do servidor de autenticação:

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Set up a database for glance-registry?
msgid Set up a database for glance?
msgstr Configurar um banco de dados para o glance-registry?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| No database has been set up for glance-registry to use. Before 
#| continuing, you should make sure you have:
msgid 
No database has been set up for glance-registry or glance-api to use. Before 
continuing, you should make sure you have:
msgstr 
Nenhum banco de dados foi configurado para o glance-registry usar. Antes de 
continuar, você deve se certificar que você tem:

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#|  - the server host name (that server must allow TCP connections\n
#|from this machine);\n
#|  - a username and password to access the database.\n
#|  - A database type that you want to use.
msgid 
 - the server host name (that server must allow TCP connections from this\n
   machine);\n
 - a username and password to access the database.\n
 - A database type that you want to use.
msgstr 
 - o nome do servidor (tal servidor deve permitir conexões TCP\n
   a partir deste computador);\n
 - um usuário e uma senha para acessar o banco de dados;\n
 - o tipo de banco de dados que você quer utilizar.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:7001
msgid 
If some of these requirements are missing, reject this option and run with 
regular sqlite support.
msgstr 
Se algum desses requisitos estiver faltando, rejeite essa opção e execute 
com suporte regular ao sqlite.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../glance-common.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| You can change this setting later on by running 'dpkg-reconfigure -plow 
#| glance-registry
msgid 
You can change this setting later on by running 'dpkg-reconfigure -plow 

keystone 2013.1.2-6: Please update debconf PO translation for the package keystone

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
keystone. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug
against keystone.

There is no deadline for receiving the updated translation

Thanks in advance,

# Debconf translations for keystone.
# Copyright (C) 2012 THE keystone'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the keystone package.
# Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com, 2012.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: keystone 2012.1.1-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: keyst...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-10 23:09+0800\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-19 15:59+\n
Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:2001
msgid Set up a database for Keystone?
msgstr Configurar um banco de dados para o Keystone?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| No database has been set up for Keystone to use. If you want to set one 
#| up now, please make sure you have all needed information:
msgid 
No database has been set up for Keystone to use. Before continuing, you 
should make sure you have the following information:
msgstr 
Nenhum banco de dados foi configurado para o Keystone usar. Se você quiser 
configurar um agora, por favor, certifique-se de ter todas as informações 
necessárias:

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#|  * the host name of the database server (which must allow TCP\n
#|connections from this machine);\n
#|  * a username and password to access the database;\n
#|  * the type of database management software you want to use.
msgid 
 * the type of database that you want to use;\n
 * the database server host name (that server must allow TCP connections 
from this\n
   machine);\n
 * a username and password to access the database.
msgstr 
 * o nome do servidor de banco de dados (tal servidor deve permitir\n
   conexões TCP a partir desta máquina);\n
 * um usuário e uma senha para acessar o banco de dados;\n
 * o tipo de software de gerenciamento de banco de dados que você\n
   quer utilizar.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:2001
msgid 
If some of these requirements are missing, do not choose this option and run 
with regular SQLite support.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:2001
msgid 
You can change this setting later on by running \dpkg-reconfigure -plow 
keystone\.
msgstr 
Você pode mudar essa configuração depois, executando \dpkg-reconfigure -
plow keystone\.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:3001
msgid Authentication server administration token:
msgstr Token de administração do servidor de autenticação:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:3001
msgid Please enter the token to use with the authentication server.
msgstr Por favor, informe o token a ser usado com o servidor de autenticação.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Translators: a tenant in OpenStack world is
#. an entity that contains one or more username/password couples.
#. It's typically the tenant that will be used for billing. Having more than one
#. username/password is very helpful in larger organization.
#. You're advised to either keep tenant without translating it
#. or keep it parenthezised. Example for French:
#. locataire (tenant)
#: ../keystone.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Authentication server administration token:
msgid Register administration tenants?
msgstr Token de administração do servidor de autenticação:

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Translators: a tenant in OpenStack world is
#. an entity that contains one or more username/password couples.
#. It's typically the tenant that will be used for billing. Having more than one
#. username/password is very helpful in larger organization.
#. You're advised to either keep tenant without translating it
#. or keep it parenthezised. Example for French:
#. locataire (tenant)
#: ../keystone.templates:4001
msgid 
For OpenStack to work, you need a basic tenant configuration. The creation 
of these administration tenants can be done automatically.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Please enter the token to use with the authentication server.
msgid Username of the administrative user:
msgstr Por favor, informe o token a ser usado com o servidor de autenticação.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../keystone.templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Please enter the token to use with the authentication server.
msgid 

nova 2013.1.2-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nova

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
nova. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug
against nova.

There is no deadline for receiving the updated translation.

Thanks in advance,

# Debconf translations for nova.
# Copyright (C) 2012 THE nova'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nova package.
# Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@arg.eti.br, 2012, 2013.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: nova 2012.1.1-10\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-23 16:12+0800\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-04 14:21-0300\n
Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@arg.eti.br\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:2001
msgid Start nova services at boot?
msgstr Iniciar serviços do nova na inicialização?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:2001
msgid 
Please choose whether you want to start Nova services when the machine is 
booted up.
msgstr 
Por favor, escolha se você quer iniciar os serviços do Nova quando a máquina 
inicializar.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:3001
msgid Auth server hostname:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:3001
msgid 
Please specify the URL of your Nova authentication server. Typically this is 
also the URL of your OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone).
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:4001
msgid Auth server tenant name:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:5001
msgid Auth server username:
msgstr 

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:6001
msgid Auth server password:
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:7001
msgid Set up a database for Nova?
msgstr Configurar um banco de dados para o Nova?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:7001
msgid 
No database has been set up for Nova to use. If you want to set one up now, 
please make sure you have all needed information:
msgstr 
Nenhum banco de dados foi configurado para o Nova usar. Se você quiser 
configurar um agora, por favor, certifique-se de ter todas as informações 
necessárias:

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:7001
msgid 
 * the host name of the database server (which must allow TCP\n
   connections from this machine);\n
 * a username and password to access the database;\n
 * the type of database management software you want to use.
msgstr 
 * o nome do servidor de banco de dados (tal servidor deve permitir\n
   conexões TCP a partir desta máquina);\n
 * um usuário e uma senha para acessar o banco de dados;\n
 * o tipo de software de gerenciamento de banco de dados que você\n
   quer utilizar.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:7001
msgid 
If you don't choose this option, no database will be set up and Nova will 
use regular SQLite support.
msgstr 
Se você não escolher essa opção, nenhum banco de dados será configurado e o 
Nova usará suporte regular ao SQLite.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:7001
msgid 
You can change this setting later on by running \dpkg-reconfigure -plow 
nova-common\.
msgstr 
Você pode mudar essa configuração depois, executando \dpkg-reconfigure -
plow nova-common\.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:8001
msgid API to activate:
msgstr 

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:8001
msgid 
Openstack Nova supports different API services, each of them binding on a 
different port. Select which one nova-api should support.
msgstr 

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:8001
msgid 
If it is a compute node that you are setting-up, then you only need to run 
the metadata API server. If you run Cinder, then you don't need osapi_volume 
(you cannot run osapi_volume and cinder-api on the same server: they bind on 
the same port).
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:9001
msgid Value for my_ip:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:9001
msgid 
Enter the IP address that will be set in the my_ip directive of nova.conf.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:10001
msgid Ip address of your rabbitmq host:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nova-common.templates:10001
msgid 
Enter the IP address that will be set in the rabbitmq_host directive of nova.
conf. If you are installing openstack-proxy-node, then the default to use 
127.0.0.1 is 

nss-pam-ldapd 0.8.12-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nss-pam-ldapd

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
nss-pam-ldapd. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, June 24, 2013.

Thanks,

# Translation of nss-pam-ldapd debconf templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: nss-pam-ldapd 0.8.4\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: nss-pam-ld...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2013-06-10 07:23+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-14 15:53-0300\n
Last-Translator: Denis Doria denisdo...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:2001
msgid LDAP server URI:
msgstr URI do servidor LDAP:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:2001
msgid 
Please enter the Uniform Resource Identifier of the LDAP server. The format 
is \ldap://hostname_or_IP_address:port/\. Alternatively, \ldaps://\ 
or \ldapi://\ can be used. The port number is optional.
msgstr 
Por favor entre com o Identicador Uniforme do Recurso (URI) do servidor 
LDAP. O formato é \ldap://hostname_or_IP_address:port/\. 
Alternativamente, \ldaps://\ ou \ldapi://\ pode ser usado. O número da 
porta é opcional.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:2001
msgid 
When using an ldap or ldaps scheme it is recommended to use an IP address to 
avoid failures when domain name services are unavailable.
msgstr 
Quando usando métodos ldap ou ldaps é recomendado o uso de um endereço IP 
para evitar falhas quando os serviços de nome de domínio estão indisponí­veis.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Multiple URIs can be specified by separating them with spaces.
msgid Multiple URIs can be separated by spaces.
msgstr Múltiplas URIs podem ser especifícadas separando-as com espaços.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:3001
msgid LDAP server search base:
msgstr Base de buscas do servidor LDAP:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:3001
msgid 
Please enter the distinguished name of the LDAP search base. Many sites use 
the components of their domain names for this purpose. For example, the 
domain \example.net\ would use \dc=example,dc=net\ as the distinguished 
name of the search base.
msgstr 
Por favor informe o nome distinto da base de procura LDAP. Muitos sites usam 
componentes de seus nomes de domí­nio para este propósito. Por exemplo, o 
domínio \example.net\ usaria \dc=example,dc=net\ como o nome distinto da 
base de procura.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../nslcd.templates:4001
msgid none
msgstr nenhum

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../nslcd.templates:4001
msgid simple
msgstr simples

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../nslcd.templates:4001
msgid SASL
msgstr SASL

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:4002
msgid LDAP authentication to use:
msgstr Autenticação LDAP a ser usada:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:4002
msgid 
Please choose what type of authentication the LDAP database should require 
(if any):
msgstr 
Por favor escolha qual o tipo de autenticação a base de dados LDAP deve 
requerir (se alguma):

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:4002
msgid 
 * none: no authentication;\n
 * simple: simple bind DN and password authentication;\n
 * SASL: any Simple Authentication and Security Layer mechanism.
msgstr 
* none: sem autenticação;\n
* simple: DN vínculo simples e autenticação por senha;\n
* SASL: qualquer Autenticação Simples e um mecanismo de Camada de Segurança

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:5001
msgid LDAP database user:
msgstr Base de dados de usuários LDAP:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Enter the name of the account that will be used to log in to the LDAP 
#| database. This value should be specified as a DN (distinguished name).
msgid 
Please enter the name of the account that will be used to log in to the LDAP 
database. This value should be specified as a DN (distinguished name).
msgstr 
Informe o nome da conta que será usada para se autenticar na base de dados 
LDAP. Este valor deverá ser especificado como um ND (nome distinto)

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:6001
msgid LDAP user password:
msgstr Senha do usuário LDAP:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../nslcd.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database.
msgid 
Please enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database.
msgstr 
Informe a senha que será usada para a autenticação na base de dados LDAP.

#. Type: select
#. Description

tt-rss 1.7.8+dfsg-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package tt-rss

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
tt-rss. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, June 16, 2013.

Thanks,

# Translation of tt-rss debconf templates to Brazilian Portuguese
# Copyright (C) 2010 Marcelo Jorge Vieira me...@debian.org
# This file is distributed under the same license as the tt-rss package.
# Marcelo Jorge Vieira me...@debian.org, 2010.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: 1.4.2-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: tt-...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2013-06-02 20:04+0300\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-12 13:25-0300\n
Last-Translator: Marcelo Jorge Vieira me...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid apache2
msgstr apache2

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid lighttpd
msgstr lighttpd

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid Web server to reconfigure automatically:
msgstr Servidor web para reconfigurar automaticamente:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid 
Please choose the web server that should be automatically configured to run 
Tiny Tiny RSS.
msgstr 
Por favor escolha o servidor web que deve ser automaticamente configurado 
para executar o Tiny Tiny RSS.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Full URL of the tt-rss installation:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Please enter the URL that should be used to access tt-rss with a web browser.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
This should include the location of the tt-rss directory - for instance 
http://example.org/tt-rss/. If this is not set correctly, several features, 
including PUSH, bookmarklets, and browser integration, will not work 
properly.
msgstr 

glide 2002.04.10ds1-8: Please update debconf PO translation for the package glide

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
glide. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against glide. NOT TO ME!

There is no deadline for this update as I'm sending this on behalf of
the package maintainer (who is also one of you guys...:-)), who
apparently forgot to do so and owes me a beer, then...:-)

Thanks in advance,

# Brazilian Portuguese po-debconf translation of glide
# This file is distributed under the same license as the glide package.
#
# Copyright © 2003  André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: glide_2002.04.10-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gl...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2013-02-24 01:47+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-30 18:44+0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001
msgid Manually select driver for 3Dfx card?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| This package is for cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo 2, 
#| Voodoo Banshee, and Voodoo 3.
msgid 
No 3Dfx card that is supported by glide2 was found. This package supports 
cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo 2, Voodoo Banshee, and 
Voodoo 3.
msgstr 
Este pacote é para placas baseadas nos seguintes chipsets 3Dfx : Voodoo 2, 
Voodoo Banshee e Voodoo 3.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| If you do not have a card based on one of the listed chipsets, and you 
#| are not compiling programs against glide, you should not have this 
#| package installed.
msgid 
If the graphics card in this computer does not use one of these chipsets, 
and you are not compiling programs against glide, this package will not be 
useful.
msgstr 
Caso você não possua uma placa baseada em um dos chipsets listados e caso 
não esteja compilando programas que necessitam do glide você não deveria ter 
este pacote instalado.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| If you do have a card based on one of the listed chipsets please file a 
#| bug on this package, including the output from the command 'lspci -vm' in 
#| the bug report.
msgid 
If the graphics card is based on one of these chipsets, you should file a 
bug report against this package, including the output from the \lspci -vm\ 
command.
msgstr 
Caso você possua uma placa baseada em um dos chipsets listados por favor 
relate um bug sobre este pacote e inclua a saída do comando 'lspci -vm' no 
relatório do bug.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001
msgid 
Please choose whether you want to manually select the driver to use for now.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:3001 ../libglide3.templates:3001
msgid Driver for 3D acceleration:
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Please select the card you would like to use for 3D acceleration.
msgid 
Please select the driver you would like to use for 3D acceleration:\n
 * cvg: Voodoo 2;\n
 * h3 : Voodoo Banshee and Voodoo 3.
msgstr 
Por, favor selecione a placa que você gostaria de usar para aceleração 3D.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:4001 ../libglide3.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Please select the card you would like to use for 3D acceleration.
msgid Card to use for 3D acceleration:
msgstr 
Por, favor selecione a placa que você gostaria de usar para aceleração 3D.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| This package is for cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo 2, 
#| Voodoo Banshee, and Voodoo 3.
msgid 
Multiple 3Dfx-based cards were detected based on one of the following 3Dfx 
chipsets: Voodoo 2, Voodoo Banshee, and Voodoo 3.
msgstr 
Este pacote é para placas baseadas nos seguintes chipsets 3Dfx : Voodoo 2, 
Voodoo Banshee e Voodoo 3.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:4001 ../libglide3.templates:4001
msgid Please select the card you would like to use for 3D acceleration.
msgstr 
Por, favor selecione a placa que você gostaria de usar para aceleração 3D.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:5001 ../libglide3.templates:5001
msgid ${target} exists but is not a symlink!
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide3.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| This package is for cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: 

Re: Soft call for translating the Release Notes

[Christian PERRIER]

Quoting Andrei POPESCU (andreimpope...@gmail.com):
 Hey Release Notes Translators,
   
   
   
 While the Release Notes are not frozen yet, the target release date is 
 approaching *fast*! You might want to start working on paragraphs that 
 have been added or gather your troops for the last minute sprint.
   
   
 Watch this space for more updates!

Please all notice that this is a *very* fast moving target. Don't
forget to make use of the previous feature un PO files which helps
(with smart PO files editors) identifying what has been changed in a
string. Many recent changes are indeed improvements to English and
therefore do not need translation changes (unfortunately, Julien
Cristau who does a tremendous job in polishing the release notes, has
no time to unfuzzy translationsso we have to run after him).

I try to refresh PO files as fast as possible when I notice committed
changes to English files.

svn://svn.debian.org/ddp/manuals/trunk/release-notes

If you don't have commit access, please feel free to point us at
updated translations or send them as a bugreport against the
release-notes package.

But hurry up.




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

postfix 2.10.0-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package postfix

[Christian Perrier]

IMPORTANT: this is needed for wheezy!

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
postfix. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug
against postfix.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tue, 26 Mar 2013 08:41:11 +0100.

Thanks in advance,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: postfix\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: post...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2013-03-16 08:39+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-11-18 21:34-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Corrigir master.cf para atualização ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, 
mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified 
domain name (FQDN).
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to 
abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration 
yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN 
of the machine.
msgstr 
Caso isto não seja corrigido, você terá um servidor de e-mail quebrado. Não 
aceite esta opção para abortar a atualização, o que lhe dará a oportunidade 
de adicionar a configuração manualmente. Aceite esta opção para 
automaticamente tornar o master.cf compatível com o Postfix 2.1 em relação a 
esse detalhe.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid Set smtpd_relay_restrictions in main.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Corrigir master.cf para atualização ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Postfix version 2.10 adds smtpd_relay_restrictions, to separate relaying 
restrictions from recipient restrictions, and you have a non-default value 
for smtpd_recipient_restrictions.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Failure to do this may result in deferred or bounced mail after the 
upgrade.  Accept this option to set smtpd_relay_restrictions equal to 
smtpd_recipient_restrictions.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid add 'sqlite' entry to dynamicmaps.cf?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Postfix version 2.9 adds sqlite support to maps, but your dynamicmaps.cf 
does not reflect that.  Accept this option to add support for sqlite maps.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you 
proceed with the installation, Postfix will not run.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
msgid Correct retry entry in master.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Corrigir master.cf para atualização ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Postfix version 2.1 and later require new services in master.cf.
msgid 
Postfix version 2.4 requires that the retry service be added to master.cf.
msgstr O Postfix, a partir da versão 2.1, requer novos serviços no master.cf.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to 
abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration 
yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with 
Postfix 2.4 in this respect.
msgstr 
Caso isto não seja corrigido, você terá um servidor de e-mail quebrado. Não 
aceite esta opção para abortar a atualização, o que lhe dará a oportunidade 
de adicionar a configuração manualmente. Aceite esta opção para 
automaticamente tornar o master.cf compatível com o Postfix 2.1 em relação a 
esse detalhe.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
#, fuzzy
msgid Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Corrigir master.cf para 

debian-installer: new string introduced in cdebconf, please update sublevel 6

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A new string has been lately introduced in cdebconf.

This is a very simple translation as the string is '%c' (with quotes).
It is meant for the speech synthesis engine.

Please translate it as soon as possible. Be careful to use the quotes
that are typographically valid for your language.

There is no strict deadline but, as this is a 10 seconds work, please
do it as soon as possible.

As usual, please try to commit the file yourself or have it committed
by someone from your languageteam. Sending me the file for commit
induces a significant work as there are already many people who have
no other alternative.

So, please send the file to me ONLY if you have no other option.

Thanks in advance,

# Translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2008-2012.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-10-18 06:02+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-27 01:39-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf-text-udeb.templates:3001
#, no-c-format
msgid '%c'
msgstr 

debian-installer: yet another update needed

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the translation for
debian-installer. 

The English template changed again (sorry for that...last minute
changes), and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.

The new strings are related to EFI boot support in D-I, a quite
important item.

I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.

Please coordinate with the person in your team who has commit access.
If, really, you can't do anything else, send the file to me
(preferrably compress it with gzip beforehand).

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Fri, 28 Sep 2012 06:58:24 +0200roughly..:-)

Thanks in advance,

# Translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2012.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-20 18:18+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-14 18:45-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Auto-configure network with DHCP?
msgid Auto-configure networking?
msgstr Configurar a rede automaticamente com DHCP?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Networking can either be configured by DHCP or by manually entering all 
#| the information. If you choose to use DHCP and the installer is unable to 
#| get a working configuration from a DHCP server on your network, you will 
#| be given the opportunity to configure your network manually after the 
#| attempt to configure it by DHCP.
msgid 
Networking can be configured either by entering all the information 
manually, or by using DHCP (or a variety of IPv6-specific methods) to detect 
network settings automatically. If you choose to use autoconfiguration and 
the installer is unable to get a working configuration from the network, you 
will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually.
msgstr 
A rede pode ser configurada via DHCP ou informando manualmente todos os 
dados necessários. Se você escolher usar a configuração via DHCP e o 
instalador não conseguir obter uma configuração funcional de um servidor 
DHCP em sua rede, você terá a oportunidade de configurar sua rede 
manualmente após a tentativa de configurá-la via DHCP.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid Attempting to find an available wireless network failed.
msgstr A tentativa de encontrar uma rede sem fio disponível falhou.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid 
${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the ESSID) 
of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. To connect to any 
available network, leave this field blank.
msgstr 
${iface} é uma interface de rede sem fio. Por favor, informe o nome (o 
ESSID) da rede sem fio que você gostaria que a interface ${iface} usasse. 
Para se conectar a qualquer rede disponível, deixe este campo em branco.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid Invalid ESSID
msgstr ESSID inválido

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid 
The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to ${max_essid_len} 
characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgstr 
O ESSID \${essid}\ é inválido. ESSIDs podem ter no máximo ${max_essid_len} 
caracteres, mas podem conter todos os tipos de caracteres.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr Tempo de espera (em segundos) para detecção da conexão:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid 
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link 
detection.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o tempo máximo que você gostaria de esperar pela detecção 
da conexão de rede.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr Tempo de espera para detecção da conexão de rede inválido

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid 
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in 
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr 
O valor que você forneceu não é válido. O tempo máximo de espera (em 
segundos) pela detecção da conexão de rede deve ser um número inteiro 
positivo.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators: please do not translate the variable 

Needed update for Debian Installer sublevel 6 (IPv6 support in network configuration)

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

IPv6 support is being lately added to Debian Installer.

As a consequence of this, some translatable strings have been modified
or added.

These changes will be included in Debian Installer beta3 for wheezy,
to be release in less than 2 weeks (Debian Installer is about to be
released, NOT wheezy!).

All such changes have been collected in sublevel 6, a special PO
file with recently modified translatable strings.

Please update your translation as soon as possible. Direct commit by
yourself is highly preferred. Please send the updated file to me ONLY
if you can't do the update yourself

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, 27 Sep 2012 0h00. Yes, that's a short deadline..:-)

Thanks in advance,

# Translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2012.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-17 22:02+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-14 18:45-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Auto-configure network with DHCP?
msgid Auto-configure networking?
msgstr Configurar a rede automaticamente com DHCP?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Networking can either be configured by DHCP or by manually entering all 
#| the information. If you choose to use DHCP and the installer is unable to 
#| get a working configuration from a DHCP server on your network, you will 
#| be given the opportunity to configure your network manually after the 
#| attempt to configure it by DHCP.
msgid 
Networking can be configured either by entering all the information 
manually, or by using DHCP (or a variety of IPv6-specific methods) to detect 
network settings automatically. If you choose to use autoconfiguration and 
the installer is unable to get a working configuration from the network, you 
will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually.
msgstr 
A rede pode ser configurada via DHCP ou informando manualmente todos os 
dados necessários. Se você escolher usar a configuração via DHCP e o 
instalador não conseguir obter uma configuração funcional de um servidor 
DHCP em sua rede, você terá a oportunidade de configurar sua rede 
manualmente após a tentativa de configurá-la via DHCP.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid Attempting to find an available wireless network failed.
msgstr A tentativa de encontrar uma rede sem fio disponível falhou.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid 
${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the ESSID) 
of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. To connect to any 
available network, leave this field blank.
msgstr 
${iface} é uma interface de rede sem fio. Por favor, informe o nome (o 
ESSID) da rede sem fio que você gostaria que a interface ${iface} usasse. 
Para se conectar a qualquer rede disponível, deixe este campo em branco.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid Invalid ESSID
msgstr ESSID inválido

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid 
The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to ${max_essid_len} 
characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgstr 
O ESSID \${essid}\ é inválido. ESSIDs podem ter no máximo ${max_essid_len} 
caracteres, mas podem conter todos os tipos de caracteres.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr Tempo de espera (em segundos) para detecção da conexão:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid 
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link 
detection.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o tempo máximo que você gostaria de esperar pela detecção 
da conexão de rede.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr Tempo de espera para detecção da conexão de rede inválido

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid 
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in 
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr 
O valor que você forneceu não é válido. O tempo máximo de espera (em 
segundos) pela detecção da conexão de rede deve ser um número inteiro 
positivo.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. 

sysvinit 2.88dsf-32.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sysvinit

[Christian Perrier]

SPANISH TEAM, this is in particular for you. This package is missing
for you guys to make it 100% in wheezy.

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on sysvinit pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, September 09, 2012or as soon as I get the Spanish
translation updated.

Thanks,

# Debconf translations for sysvinit.
# Copyright (C) 2009 THE sysvinit'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the sysvinit package.
# Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com, 2009, 2010.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: sysvinit 2.88dsf-13\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sysvi...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-05 06:59+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-27 19:56-0200\n
Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid Unable to migrate to dependency-based boot system
msgstr 
Incapaz de migrar para o sistema de inicialização baseado em dependência

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Tests have determined that problems in the boot system exist which 
#| prevent migration to dependency-based boot sequencing:
msgid 
Problems in the boot system exist which are preventing migration to 
dependency-based boot sequencing:
msgstr 
Testes determinaram que existem problemas no sistema de inicialização que 
impedem a migração para a sequência de inicialização baseada em dependência:

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid 
If the reported problem is a local modification, it needs to be fixed 
manually.  These are typically due to obsolete conffiles being left after a 
package has been removed, but not purged.  It is suggested that these are 
removed by running:
msgstr 

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid ${SUGGESTION}
msgstr 

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| To reattempt the migration process after the problems have been fixed, 
#| run \dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc\.
msgid 
Package installation can not continue until the above problems have been 
fixed.  To reattempt the migration process after these problems have been 
fixed, run \dpkg --configure sysv-rc\.
msgstr 
Para tentar novamente o processo de migração depois de os problemas terem 
sido corrigidos, execute \dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc\.

#~ msgid Migrate legacy boot sequencing to dependency-based sequencing?
#~ msgstr 
#~ Migrar a sequência de inicialização legada para a sequência baseada em 
#~ dependência?

#~ msgid 
#~ The boot system is prepared to migrate to dependency-based sequencing. 
#~ This is an irreversible step, but one that is recommended: it allows the 
#~ boot process to be optimized for speed and efficiency, and provides a 
#~ more resilient framework for development.
#~ msgstr 
#~ O sistema de inicialização está preparado para migrar para a sequência 
#~ baseada em dependência. Este é um passo irreversível, mas recomendável: 
#~ ele permite que o processo de inicialização seja otimizado para 
#~ velocidade e eficiência, e fornece um framework mais flexível para o 
#~ desenvolvimento.

#~ msgid 
#~ A full rationale is detailed in /usr/share/doc/sysv-rc/README.Debian. If 
#~ you choose not to migrate now, you can do so later by running \dpkg-
#~ reconfigure sysv-rc\.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Um embasamento completo está detalhado em /usr/share/doc/sysv-rc/README.
#~ Debian. Se você escolher não migrar agora, você poderá fazê-lo mais tarde 
#~ executando \dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc\.

#~ msgid 
#~ If the reported problem is a local modification, it needs to be fixed 
#~ manually. If it's a bug in the package, it should be reported to the BTS 
#~ and fixed in the package. See http://wiki.debian.org/LSBInitScripts/;
#~ DependencyBasedBoot for more information about how to fix the problems 
#~ preventing migration.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Se o problema reportado é uma modificação local, ele precisa ser 
#~ corrigido manualmente. Se é um bug no pacote, ele deve ser reportado para 
#~ o BTS e corrigido no pacote. Veja http://wiki.debian.org/LSBInitScripts/;
#~ DependencyBasedBoot para mais informações sobre como corrigir os 
#~ problemas que impedem a migração.

Re: Bug#685182: screen: [INTL:pt_BR] Brazilian Portuguese debconf templates translation

[Christian PERRIER]

Quoting Axel Beckert (a...@debian.org):
 Hi Adriano,
 
 Adriano Rafael Gomes wrote:
  Please, Could you update the Brazilian Portuguese
  Translation?
 
 Will do it if current version in Wheezy stays in Wheezy (which is not
 the plan). The version in Sid no more needs debconf and hence no more
 needs translations.
 
 Is there a way so that translators see that the current version in Sid
 no more needs translations to prevent unnecessary work?


The status pages should tell them as they're based un unstable.

http://www.debian.org/international/l10n/po-debconf/pot

Of course, when translation teams started to work on a given package,
they don't check the status pages every day..:-)




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

debian-installer: Please (once again) complete sublevel 6 for Debian Installer

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

Sorina Sandu's GSOC work about link detection and wireless network
selection in D-I has been merged into the main repository for netcfg.

This involves some templates changes. These will not be included in
D-I beta1 which is about to be released. Still, it would be great if
people could update their translations.

Please preferrably commit the needed update in place
(packages/po/sublevel6 in D-I SVN repository).

If you can't (no commit access yet...or trouble in committing), please
send updates to me.

Thanks in advance,

# Translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2012.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-07-13 14:27+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-27 01:38-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid Attempting to find an available wireless network failed.
msgstr A tentativa de encontrar uma rede sem fio disponível falhou.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| ${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the 
#| ESSID) of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. If you 
#| would like to use any available network, leave this field blank.
msgid 
${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the ESSID) 
of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. To connect to any 
available network, leave this field blank.
msgstr 
${iface} é uma interface de rede sem fio. Por favor, informe o nome (o 
ESSID) da rede sem fio que você gostaria que a interface ${iface} usasse. Se 
você deseja usar qualquer rede disponível, deixe este campo em branco.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid Invalid ESSID
msgstr ESSID inválido

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to 32 
#| characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgid 
The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to ${max_essid_len} 
characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgstr 
O ESSID \${essid}\ é inválido. ESSIDs podem ter no máximo 32 caracteres, 
mas podem conter todos os tipos de caracteres.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr Tempo de espera (em segundos) para detecção da conexão:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid 
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link 
detection.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o tempo máximo que você gostaria de esperar pela detecção 
da conexão de rede.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr Tempo de espera para detecção da conexão de rede inválido

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid 
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in 
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr 
O valor que você forneceu não é válido. O tempo máximo de espera (em 
segundos) pela detecção da conexão de rede deve ser um número inteiro 
positivo.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators: please do not translate the variable essid_list
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50001
msgid ${essid_list} Enter ESSID manually
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Type of wireless network:
msgid Wireless network:
msgstr Tipo de rede sem fio:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Choose the next step in the install process:
msgid Select the wireless network to use during the installation process.
msgstr Escolha o próximo passo do processo de instalação:

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Lendo o repositório de atualizações da distribuição...

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr atualizações de segurança (de ${SEC_HOST})

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are 

ipsec-tools 1:0.8.0-13: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ipsec-tools

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
ipsec-tools. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, July 7, 2012.

Thanks,

# ipsec-tools Brazilian Portuguese translation
# Copyright (C) 2006 ipsec-tools's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ipsec-tools package.
# André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org, 2006.
# Eder L. Marques (frolic) fro...@debian-ce.org, 2008.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ipsec-tools 1:0.7-2.1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ipsec-to...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-30 16:16+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-26 11:23-0300\n
Last-Translator: Eder L. Marques (frolic) fro...@debian-ce.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n
Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n  1);\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../racoon.templates:2001
msgid direct
msgstr direta

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../racoon.templates:2001
msgid racoon-tool
msgstr racoon-tool

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../racoon.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Configuration mode for racoon IKE daemon.
msgid Configuration mode for racoon IKE daemon:
msgstr Modo de configuração para o daemon IKE racoon.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../racoon.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Racoon can be configured two ways, either by directly editing /etc/racoon/
#| racoon.conf or using the racoon-tool administrative front end. racoon-
#| tool is now deprecated and is only available for backward compatibility. 
#| New installations should always use the \direct\ method.
msgid 
Racoon can be configured either directly, by editing /etc/racoon/racoon.
conf, or using the racoon-tool administrative front end.
msgstr 
O racoon pode ser configurado de duas maneiras, tanto editando diretamente o 
arquivo /etc/racoon/racoon.conf ou usando a interface administrativa racoon-
tool. O racoon-tool está obsoleto agora e está disponível somente para 
compatibilidade com versões anteriores. Novas instalações deveriam sempre 
utilizar o método \direto\.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../racoon.templates:2002
msgid 
Use of the \direct\ method is strongly recommended if you want to use all 
the racoon examples on the Net, and if you want to use the full racoon 
feature set. You will have to directly edit /etc/racoon/racoon.conf and 
possibly manually set up the Security Policy Database via setkey.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../racoon.templates:2002
msgid 
Racoon-tool has been updated for racoon 0.8.0, and is for use in basic 
configuration setups. It gives the benefit of managing the SPD along with 
the IKE that strongSwan offers. IPv6, transport/tunnel mode (ESP/AH), PSK/
X509 auth, and basic \anonymous\ VPN server are supported.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../racoon.templates:2002
msgid More information is available in /usr/share/doc/racoon/README.Debian.
msgstr 

completing win32-loader translation (D-I level 3)

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

win32-loader, the tool that allows installing Debian from a Windows
system, is not fully translated to your language.

We're about to release Debian Installer and beta version of CDs and
DVDs, so it woul dbe good to have a full translation for your language.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
not fully determinedbut having the translation before the end of the
week-end would be good. For most of you, this is a small update.

Thanks in advance,

# Brazilian Portuguese translation for win32-loader
# Copyright (C) 2008 Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw)
# This file is distributed under the same license as the win32-loader package.
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2008.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: win32-loader (20080210)\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: win32-loa...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-09-27 13:40+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-14 11:29-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: l10n portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. translate:
#. This must be a valid string recognised by Nsis.  If your
#. language is not yet supported by Nsis, please translate the
#. missing Nsis part first.
#.
#: win32-loader.sh:36 win32-loader.c:39
msgid LANG_ENGLISH
msgstr LANG_PORTUGUESEBR

#. translate:
#. This must be the string used by GNU iconv to represent the charset used
#. by Windows for your language.  If you don't know, check
#. [wine]/tools/wmc/lang.c, or http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/WinCP.mspx
#.
#. IMPORTANT: In the rest of this file, only the subset of UTF-8 that can be
#. converted to this charset should be used.
#: win32-loader.sh:52
msgid windows-1252
msgstr windows-1252

#. translate:
#. Charset used by NTLDR in your localised version of Windows XP.  If you
#. don't know, maybe http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Code_page helps.
#: win32-loader.sh:57
msgid cp437
msgstr cp437

#. translate:
#. The name of your language _in English_ (must be restricted to ascii)
#: win32-loader.sh:67
msgid English
msgstr Brazilian Portuguese

#. translate:
#. IMPORTANT: only the subset of UTF-8 that can be converted to NTLDR charset
#. (e.g. cp437) should be used in this string.  If you don't know which charset
#. applies, limit yourself to ascii. $target_distro; will be Debian and $kernel_name;
#. will be either GNU/Linux, GNU/kFreeBSD or GNU/Hurd (in ASCII)
#: win32-loader.sh:82
#, sh-format
msgid $target_distro $kernel_name - Continue with install process
msgstr 

#. translate:
#. IMPORTANT: only the subset of UTF-8 that can be converted to NTLDR charset
#. (e.g. cp437) should be used in this string.  If you don't know which charset
#. applies, limit yourself to ascii.
#: win32-loader.sh:88
msgid PXE - Network boot
msgstr 

#. translate:
#. The nlf file for your language should be found in
#. /usr/share/nsis/Contrib/Language files/
#.
#: win32-loader.c:68
msgid English.nlf
msgstr PortugueseBR.nlf

#. translate:
#. This is the program name, that appears in the installer windows captions and in the Windows Uninstaller dialog.
#. Ampersands () are _forbidden_ in that string.
#.
#: win32-loader.c:75
#, fuzzy
msgid Debian-Installer loader
msgstr Carregador do Instalador Debian

#: win32-loader.c:76
msgid Cannot find win32-loader.ini.
msgstr Não foi possível encontrar win32-loader.ini.

#: win32-loader.c:77
msgid win32-loader.ini is incomplete.  Contact the provider of this medium.
msgstr win32-loader.ini está incompleto. Contate o fornecedor desta mídia.

#: win32-loader.c:78
msgid 
This program has detected that your keyboard type is \$0\.  Is this 
correct?
msgstr 
Este programa detectou que o tipo do seu teclado é \$0\. Isso está correto?

#: win32-loader.c:79
msgid 
Please send a bug report with the following information:\n
\n
 - Version of Windows.\n
 - Country settings.\n
 - Real keyboard type.\n
 - Detected keyboard type.\n
\n
Thank you.
msgstr 
Por favor, envie um relatório de bug (em inglês) com a seguinte informação:\n
\n
 - Versão do Windows.\n
 - Configurações Regionais.\n
 - Tipo real do teclado.\n
 - Tipo do teclado detectado.\n
\n
Obrigado.

#: win32-loader.c:80
#, fuzzy
msgid 
There doesn't seem to be enough free disk space in drive $c.  For a complete 
desktop install, it is recommended to have at least 3 GB.  If there is 
already a separate disk or partition for this install, or if you plan to 
replace Windows completely, you can safely ignore this warning.
msgstr 
Parece que não há espaço livre suficiente no disco $c. Para uma instalação 
completa de área de trabalho (\desktop\), é recomendado ter, pelo menos, 3 
GB. Se já existe um disco ou partição separada para instalar o Debian, ou se 
você planeja substituir o Windows completamente, você pode, seguramente, 
ignorar este aviso.

#: win32-loader.c:81
msgid Error: not enough free disk space.  Aborting install.

VERY last chance to have Debian Installer translations better for your language

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

Debian Installer will be released over the upcoming week-end (hint:
the week-end starts NOW for the Debian Installer release manager, who
lives in France...and, no, it's not me).

A few strings in sublevel 6, namely last minute changes, are still
incomplete for your language. Some of them, that belong to apt-setup
are quite important.

It might be already too late, but I can try giving you guys a chance
to do a rush update.

Please update the attached file *AS SOON AS POSSIBLE*. If you can't
commit, send it to me.

Also consider other sublevels in case they aren't complete for your
language but, here again, it might be too late. For other sublevels,
look at http://d-i.debian.org/l10n-stats/, in the level 1 column
(don't look at levels 2 and 3, they're not part of what we release
over the week-end). To get the material, go to:
http://d-i.debian.org/l10n-stats/level1/files/language_code/

Thanks in advance,

# Translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2012.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-20 19:29+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-07 19:54-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Please enter the name you would like to use for the new ZFS pool.
msgid 
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link 
detection.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o nome que você gostaria de usar para o novo pool ZFS.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid 
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in 
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr 

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Scanning the volatile updates repository...
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Lendo o repositório de atualizações voláteis (\volatile\)...

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr atualizações de segurança (de ${SEC_HOST})

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Erase data:
msgid release updates
msgstr Apagar dados:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid Services to use:
msgstr Serviços a serem usados:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and 
#| volatile.
msgid 
Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and 
release updates.
msgstr 
O Debian possui dois serviços que fornecem atualizações para os lançamentos: 
segurança (\security\) e voláteis (\volatile\).

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid 
Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling 
this service is strongly recommended.
msgstr 
Atualizações de segurança ajudam a manter seu sistema seguro contra ataques. 
Habilitar este serviço é fortemente recomendado.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Volatile updates provide more current versions for software that changes 
#| relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could 
#| reduce the usability of the software. An example is the virus signatures 
#| for a virus scanner. This service is only available for stable and 
#| oldstable releases.
msgid 
Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes 
relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce 
the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This 
service is only available for stable and oldstable releases.
msgstr 

debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer (sublevel 6)

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

Be happy. Or not.

Once again, some strings changed lately in Debian Installer. Don't
yell at me, this is not my fault: it seems that developers start
developing.when we're nearly in freeze.

As a consequence, a few more strings have been added to netcfg.

As a consequence, I therefore need you to update your translation.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
as soon as possible.

Please either commit the file if you have commit access.or send it
to me in case you don't (or can't, or whatever).

Again, sorry. And I'm not even sure this is really last time that I
send you such notice..:-(

Thanks in advance,

# Translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2012.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-20 19:29+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-07 19:54-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Please enter the name you would like to use for the new ZFS pool.
msgid 
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link 
detection.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o nome que você gostaria de usar para o novo pool ZFS.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid 
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in 
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr 

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Scanning the volatile updates repository...
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Lendo o repositório de atualizações voláteis (\volatile\)...

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr atualizações de segurança (de ${SEC_HOST})

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Erase data:
msgid release updates
msgstr Apagar dados:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid Services to use:
msgstr Serviços a serem usados:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and 
#| volatile.
msgid 
Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and 
release updates.
msgstr 
O Debian possui dois serviços que fornecem atualizações para os lançamentos: 
segurança (\security\) e voláteis (\volatile\).

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid 
Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling 
this service is strongly recommended.
msgstr 
Atualizações de segurança ajudam a manter seu sistema seguro contra ataques. 
Habilitar este serviço é fortemente recomendado.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Volatile updates provide more current versions for software that changes 
#| relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could 
#| reduce the usability of the software. An example is the virus signatures 
#| for a virus scanner. This service is only available for stable and 
#| oldstable releases.
msgid 
Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes 
relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce 
the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This 
service is only available for stable and oldstable releases.
msgstr 
Atualizações voláteis (\volatile\) fornecem versões mais atuais para 
softwares que mudam com relativa frequência e onde não ter a última versão 
poderia reduzir a usabilidade do software. Um exemplo são as assinaturas de 
vírus para um anti-vírus. Este serviço só está disponível 

debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer

[Christian Perrier]

It is very likely that the Debian Installer beta 1 release happens
NEXT WEEK-END. So please send any updates to sublevel 6 before Saturday
23rd if you want to be sure they make it to beta1. Otherwise, I can't
promis anythign AT ALL.

And, of course, if you have updates for other sublevels, please do
them before this. Please, however, takecare to only touch strings
which you *really* want to update. No reformatting or rewrapping of PO
files or other similar contentless changes!


# Translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2012.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-20 19:29+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-07 19:54-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Please enter the name you would like to use for the new ZFS pool.
msgid 
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link 
detection.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o nome que você gostaria de usar para o novo pool ZFS.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid 
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in 
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr 

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Scanning the volatile updates repository...
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Lendo o repositório de atualizações voláteis (\volatile\)...

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr atualizações de segurança (de ${SEC_HOST})

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Erase data:
msgid release updates
msgstr Apagar dados:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid Services to use:
msgstr Serviços a serem usados:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and 
#| volatile.
msgid 
Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and 
release updates.
msgstr 
O Debian possui dois serviços que fornecem atualizações para os lançamentos: 
segurança (\security\) e voláteis (\volatile\).

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid 
Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling 
this service is strongly recommended.
msgstr 
Atualizações de segurança ajudam a manter seu sistema seguro contra ataques. 
Habilitar este serviço é fortemente recomendado.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Volatile updates provide more current versions for software that changes 
#| relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could 
#| reduce the usability of the software. An example is the virus signatures 
#| for a virus scanner. This service is only available for stable and 
#| oldstable releases.
msgid 
Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes 
relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce 
the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This 
service is only available for stable and oldstable releases.
msgstr 
Atualizações voláteis (\volatile\) fornecem versões mais atuais para 
softwares que mudam com relativa frequência e onde não ter a última versão 
poderia reduzir a usabilidade do software. Um exemplo são as assinaturas de 
vírus para um anti-vírus. Este serviço só está disponível para versões 
\stable\ e \oldstable\.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interface a ser usada:

collectd 5.1.0-1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package collectd

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

There have been some changes to collectd debconf templates.

I'm sending this call for translations on behalf of the maintainer
who.probably forgot to do so..:-)


Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against collectd, NOT directly to me.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
unknown and depends on the maintainer's good will. SO, HURRY UP..:-)

Thanks in advance,

# Debconf translations for collectd.
# Copyright (C) 2011 THE collectd'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the collectd package.
# Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com, 2011, 2012.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: collectd 4.10.7-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: colle...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-19 17:59+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-20 21:50-0300\n
Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:1001
msgid Layout of RRD files has changed
msgstr O layout dos arquivos RRD foi alterado

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:2001
msgid 
The layout of the RRD files created by collectd has changed significantly 
since version 3.x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. 
This can be done by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px.
msgstr 
O layout dos arquivos RRD criados pelo collectd foi alterado 
significativamente desde a versão 3.x. Para manter seus dados antigos você 
deve migrá-los. Isso pode ser feito usando /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/
migrate-3-4.px.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:3001
msgid 
This step requires both the perl and the rrdtool packages to be installed, 
which is currently not the case. You need to perform the migration manually.
msgstr 
Esse passo requer que ambos os pacotes perl e rrdtool estejam instalados, o 
que não é o caso atualmente. Você deve fazer a migração manualmente.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:2001
msgid See /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian for details.
msgstr Veja /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian para detalhes.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:2001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001
msgid Automatically try to migrate your RRD files?
msgstr Tentar migrar seus arquivos RRD automaticamente?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:2001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001
msgid 
This step can be done automatically. In this case a backup of /var/lib/
collectd/ is made in /var/backups/. This script is still experimental, 
though. Do not expect it to work in all cases.
msgstr 
Esse passo pode ser feito automaticamente. Nesse caso, uma cópia de 
segurança de /var/lib/collectd/ é feita em /var/backups/. Entretanto, esse 
script ainda é experimental. Não espere que ele funcione para todos os casos.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Layout of RRD files has changed
msgid Layout of RRD files has changed in version 5.0
msgstr O layout dos arquivos RRD foi alterado

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| The layout of the RRD files created by collectd has changed significantly 
#| since version 3.x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. 
#| This can be done by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px.
msgid 
The layout of some RRD files created by collectd has changed since version 4.
x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. This can be done 
by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-4-5.px.
msgstr 
O layout dos arquivos RRD criados pelo collectd foi alterado 
significativamente desde a versão 3.x. Para manter seus dados antigos você 
deve migrá-los. Isso pode ser feito usando /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/
migrate-3-4.px.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001
msgid 
See /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian and the collectd wiki at 
http://collectd.org/wiki/index.php/V4_to_v5_migration_guide for details.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:5001
msgid Remove all collected data (e.g. RRD files)?
msgstr Remover todos os dados coletados (por exemplo, arquivos RRD)?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:5001
msgid 
The /var/lib/collectd/ directory which contains the data files containing 
the collected 

debian-installer: URGENT update for apt-setup strings

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

In preparation for the release, a last minute change was made to
strings belonging to the apt-setup repository.

This D-I component prompts users about activation of extra package
repositories. In the past, this was volatile and security. Now,
volatile disappeared and is replace by stable-updates.

So, the wording of a few tempaltes had to be changed. We did it as
conservatively as possible but that still needs translation updates.

I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.

Please commit the file to D-I SVN. For those of you who can't, please
send it back to me.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
*Fri, 22 Jun 2012 06:46:18 +0200.*. This is SOON.

Thanks in advance and sorry for this last minute urgent change.

# Translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2012.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-15 21:06+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-07 19:54-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Scanning the volatile updates repository...
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Lendo o repositório de atualizações voláteis (\volatile\)...

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr atualizações de segurança (de ${SEC_HOST})

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Erase data:
msgid release updates
msgstr Apagar dados:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid Services to use:
msgstr Serviços a serem usados:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and 
#| volatile.
msgid 
Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and 
release updates.
msgstr 
O Debian possui dois serviços que fornecem atualizações para os lançamentos: 
segurança (\security\) e voláteis (\volatile\).

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid 
Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling 
this service is strongly recommended.
msgstr 
Atualizações de segurança ajudam a manter seu sistema seguro contra ataques. 
Habilitar este serviço é fortemente recomendado.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Volatile updates provide more current versions for software that changes 
#| relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could 
#| reduce the usability of the software. An example is the virus signatures 
#| for a virus scanner. This service is only available for stable and 
#| oldstable releases.
msgid 
Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes 
relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce 
the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This 
service is only available for stable and oldstable releases.
msgstr 
Atualizações voláteis (\volatile\) fornecem versões mais atuais para 
softwares que mudam com relativa frequência e onde não ter a última versão 
poderia reduzir a usabilidade do software. Um exemplo são as assinaturas de 
vírus para um anti-vírus. Este serviço só está disponível para versões 
\stable\ e \oldstable\.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interface a ser usada:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid 
Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel. 
You can select the type of user interface they use.
msgstr 
Pacotes que usam o debconf para configurações compartilham uma interface e 
um modo de usar comuns. Você pode selecionar o tipo de interface que eles 
irão usar.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid None
msgstr Nenhum

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid 

icinga 1.7.0-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package icinga

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
icinga. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, June 25, 2012.

Thanks,

# icinga Brazilian Portuguese translation.
# Copyright (C) THE icinga's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as icinga package.
# Bruno Gurgel Gomes de Oliveira br...@4linux.com.br, 2008.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: icinga_3.0.3-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ici...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-11 08:15+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-07 11:10-0300\n
Last-Translator: Sergio Cipolla secipo...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001
msgid Apache servers to configure for icinga:
msgstr Servidores Apache a serem configurados para o Icinga:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001
msgid Please select which Apache servers should be configured for icinga.
msgstr 
Por favor, selecione quais servidores Apache deverão ser configurados para o 
Icinga.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001
msgid 
If you would prefer to perform configuration manually, leave all servers 
unselected.
msgstr 
Se você preferir realizar a configuração manualmente, não selecione nenhum 
servidor.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001
msgid Icinga web administration password:
msgstr Senha de administração web do Icinga:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001
msgid 
Please provide the password to be created with the \icingaadmin\ user.
msgstr Por favor, forneça a senha a ser criada com o usuário \icingaadmin\.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001
msgid 
This is the username and password to use when connecting to the Icinga 
server after completing the configuration. If you do not provide a password, 
you will have to configure access to Icinga manually later on.
msgstr 
Este é o nome de usuário e a senha que você usará para acessar sua 
instalação Icinga depois que a configuração estiver completa. Se você não 
fornecer uma senha, você  terá de configurar manualmente o acesso ao Icinga 
posteriormente.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:4001
msgid Re-enter password to verify:
msgstr Informe a senha novamente para a verificação.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:4001
msgid 
Please enter the same user password again to verify you have typed it 
correctly.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe novamente a mesma senha de usuário para verificar se foi 
digitada corretamente.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:5001
msgid Password input error
msgstr Erro de entrada da senha

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:5001
msgid The two passwords you entered were not the same. Please try again.
msgstr 
As duas senhas informadas não foram as mesmas. Tente novamente, por favor.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../icinga-common.templates:2001
msgid Use external commands with Icinga?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../icinga-common.templates:2001
msgid 
As a security feature, Icinga in its default configuration does not look for 
external commands. Enabling external commands will give the web server write 
access to the nagios command pipe and is required if you want to be able to 
use the CGI command interface.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../icinga-common.templates:2001
msgid If unsure, do not enable external commands.
msgstr 

#~ msgid Password confirmation:
#~ msgstr Confirmação de senha:

#~ msgid The passwords do not match
#~ msgstr As senhas não coincidem

sysvinit 2.88dsf-27: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sysvinit

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
sysvinit. 

The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.

I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against sysvinit.

Please not that I am NOT the maintainer. I send this on his behalf, so
I have no idea about his schedule. In short: HURRY!

Thanks in advance,

# Debconf translations for sysvinit.
# Copyright (C) 2009 THE sysvinit'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the sysvinit package.
# Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com, 2009, 2010.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: sysvinit 2.88dsf-13\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sysvi...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-09 08:51+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-27 19:56-0200\n
Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid Unable to migrate to dependency-based boot system
msgstr 
Incapaz de migrar para o sistema de inicialização baseado em dependência

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Tests have determined that problems in the boot system exist which 
#| prevent migration to dependency-based boot sequencing:
msgid 
Problems in the boot system exist which are preventing migration to 
dependency-based boot sequencing:
msgstr 
Testes determinaram que existem problemas no sistema de inicialização que 
impedem a migração para a sequência de inicialização baseada em dependência:

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid 
If the reported problem is a local modification, it needs to be fixed 
manually.  These are typically due to obsolete conffiles being left after a 
package has been removed, but not purged.  It is suggested that these are 
removed by running:
msgstr 

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid ${SUGGESTION}
msgstr 

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| To reattempt the migration process after the problems have been fixed, 
#| run \dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc\.
msgid 
Package installation can not continue until the above problems have been 
fixed.  To reattempt the migration process after these problems have been 
fixed, run \dpkg --configure sysv-rc\.
msgstr 
Para tentar novamente o processo de migração depois de os problemas terem 
sido corrigidos, execute \dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc\.

#~ msgid Migrate legacy boot sequencing to dependency-based sequencing?
#~ msgstr 
#~ Migrar a sequência de inicialização legada para a sequência baseada em 
#~ dependência?

#~ msgid 
#~ The boot system is prepared to migrate to dependency-based sequencing. 
#~ This is an irreversible step, but one that is recommended: it allows the 
#~ boot process to be optimized for speed and efficiency, and provides a 
#~ more resilient framework for development.
#~ msgstr 
#~ O sistema de inicialização está preparado para migrar para a sequência 
#~ baseada em dependência. Este é um passo irreversível, mas recomendável: 
#~ ele permite que o processo de inicialização seja otimizado para 
#~ velocidade e eficiência, e fornece um framework mais flexível para o 
#~ desenvolvimento.

#~ msgid 
#~ A full rationale is detailed in /usr/share/doc/sysv-rc/README.Debian. If 
#~ you choose not to migrate now, you can do so later by running \dpkg-
#~ reconfigure sysv-rc\.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Um embasamento completo está detalhado em /usr/share/doc/sysv-rc/README.
#~ Debian. Se você escolher não migrar agora, você poderá fazê-lo mais tarde 
#~ executando \dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc\.

#~ msgid 
#~ If the reported problem is a local modification, it needs to be fixed 
#~ manually. If it's a bug in the package, it should be reported to the BTS 
#~ and fixed in the package. See http://wiki.debian.org/LSBInitScripts/;
#~ DependencyBasedBoot for more information about how to fix the problems 
#~ preventing migration.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Se o problema reportado é uma modificação local, ele precisa ser 
#~ corrigido manualmente. Se é um bug no pacote, ele deve ser reportado para 
#~ o BTS e corrigido no pacote. Veja http://wiki.debian.org/LSBInitScripts/;
#~ DependencyBasedBoot para mais informações sobre como corrigir os 
#~ problemas que impedem a migração.

uptimed 1:0.3.17-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package uptimed

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
uptimed. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, June 10, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: uptimed 1:0.3.3.3-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: upti...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-01 19:08+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-26 16:36-0300\n
Last-Translator: Gustavo Noronha Silva k...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian Brasil debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2001
msgid pre
msgstr pre

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2001
msgid list
msgstr lista

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2001
msgid table
msgstr tabela

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Which format should uprecords.cgi use?
msgid Format used by uprecords.cgi:
msgstr Que formato deve ser usado pelo uprecords.cgi?

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2002
msgid 
Three different layouts are available for use by the uprecords CGI script. 
Which method you use is a matter of personal preference.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#|  - pre: Encloses everything in pre.../pre\n
#|  - list: Makes a list, using ol.../ol\n
#|  - table: Creates an HTML table.
msgid 
 * pre: Encloses everything in pre.../pre\n
 * list: Makes a list, using ol.../ol\n
 * table: Creates an HTML table.
msgstr 
 - pre: Engloba tudo em pre.../pre\n
 - lista: Faz uma lista, usando ol.../ol\n
 - tabela: Cria uma tabela HTML.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid How many records should uprecords.cgi show?
msgid Number of records shown by uprecords.cgi:
msgstr Quantos recordes o uprecords.cgi deve exibir?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:3001
msgid 
While uptimed may keep a large number of uptime records, not all of them are 
interesting to the outside world. Thus, you can limit the number of records 
that will be shown here.
msgstr 
Apesar de o uptimed poder manter um grande número de recordes de uptime, nem 
todos eles são interessantes para o resto do mundo. Por essa razão você pode 
limitar o número de recordes que serão exibidos aqui.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid uprecords.cgi has been installed into the webtree
msgid uprecords.cgi has been installed into the web tree
msgstr O uprecords.cgi foi instalado na árvore web

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| You have installed the uprecords-cgi package. That means that a new CGI 
#| script has been installed, which is now visible to the outside world as 
#| http://${hostname}/cgi-bin/uprecords.cgi (if you didn't modify your 
#| webserver configuration to have CGI scripts in a different place).
msgid 
You have installed the uprecords-cgi package. That means that a new CGI 
script has been installed, which is now visible to the outside world as 
http://${hostname}/cgi-bin/uprecords.cgi (if you didn't modify your web 
server configuration to have CGI scripts in a different place).
msgstr 
Você instalou o pacote uprecords-cgi. Isso significa que um novo script CGI 
foi instalado e está disponível para o resto do mundo em http://${hostname}/;
cgi-bin/uprecords.cgi (se você não modificou a configuração do seu servidor 
web para que os scipts CGI fiquem em outro lugar).

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| In the default webserver configuration, CGI scripts are accessible from 
#| anywhere in the world. If you do not want this, you should set up access 
#| restrictions (but who doesn't want to show off with his/her uptimes?).
msgid 
In the default web server configuration, CGI scripts are accessible from 
anywhere in the world. If you do not want this, you should set up access 
restrictions... but why wouldn't you want to show off your uptimes?
msgstr 
Na configuração padrão do servidor web os scripts CGI são 

postfix 2.9.3-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package postfix

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
postfix. 

The tempaltes have been, once again, changed by the maintainer and
you, once again, have to redo your work.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
unknown and subject to the will of the maintainer...:-)

You known what to do..:-)

Thanks in advance,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: postfix\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: post...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-30 22:56-0600\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-11-18 21:34-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Corrigir master.cf para atualização ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, 
mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified 
domain name (FQDN).
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to 
abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration 
yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN 
of the machine.
msgstr 
Caso isto não seja corrigido, você terá um servidor de e-mail quebrado. Não 
aceite esta opção para abortar a atualização, o que lhe dará a oportunidade 
de adicionar a configuração manualmente. Aceite esta opção para 
automaticamente tornar o master.cf compatível com o Postfix 2.1 em relação a 
esse detalhe.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid add 'sqlite' entry to dynamicmaps.cf?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Postfix version 2.9 adds sqlite support to maps, but your dynamicmaps.cf 
does not reflect that.  Accept this option to add support for sqlite maps.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you 
proceed with the installation, Postfix will not run.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid Correct retry entry in master.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Corrigir master.cf para atualização ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Postfix version 2.1 and later require new services in master.cf.
msgid 
Postfix version 2.4 requires that the retry service be added to master.cf.
msgstr O Postfix, a partir da versão 2.1, requer novos serviços no master.cf.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to 
abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration 
yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with 
Postfix 2.4 in this respect.
msgstr 
Caso isto não seja corrigido, você terá um servidor de e-mail quebrado. Não 
aceite esta opção para abortar a atualização, o que lhe dará a oportunidade 
de adicionar a configuração manualmente. Aceite esta opção para 
automaticamente tornar o master.cf compatível com o Postfix 2.1 em relação a 
esse detalhe.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
msgid Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Corrigir master.cf para atualização ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to 
abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration 
yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with 
Postfix 2.2 in this respect.
msgstr 
Caso isto não seja corrigido, você terá um servidor de e-mail quebrado. Não 
aceite esta opção para abortar a atualização, o que lhe dará a oportunidade 
de adicionar a configuração manualmente. Aceite esta opção para 
automaticamente tornar o master.cf compatível com o Postfix 2.1 em relação a 
esse detalhe.

#. Type: 

collectd 4.10.7-1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package collectd

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The maintainer of the collectd package recently uploaded his
packageand introduced a new debconf template.

As we're now close to the wheezy freeze, it's time to hurry up and I
take over the duty of calling for a translation update on his behalf.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against collectd NOT TO ME!

There is no strict deadline for this. I suggest not waiting for more
than one week.

Thanks in advance,

# Debconf translations for collectd.
# Copyright (C) 2011 THE collectd'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the collectd package.
# Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com, 2011.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: collectd 4.10.4-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: colle...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-17 18:25+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-26 13:53-0300\n
Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:1001
msgid Layout of RRD files has changed
msgstr O layout dos arquivos RRD foi alterado

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:2001
msgid 
The layout of the RRD files created by collectd has changed significantly 
since version 3.x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. 
This can be done by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px.
msgstr 
O layout dos arquivos RRD criados pelo collectd foi alterado 
significativamente desde a versão 3.x. Para manter seus dados antigos você 
deve migrá-los. Isso pode ser feito usando /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/
migrate-3-4.px.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:1001
msgid 
This step requires both the perl and the rrdtool packages to be installed, 
which is currently not the case. You need to perform the migration manually.
msgstr 
Esse passo requer que ambos os pacotes perl e rrdtool estejam instalados, o 
que não é o caso atualmente. Você deve fazer a migração manualmente.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:2001
msgid See /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian for details.
msgstr Veja /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian para detalhes.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:2001
msgid Automatically try to migrate your RRD files?
msgstr Tentar migrar seus arquivos RRD automaticamente?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:2001
msgid 
This step can be done automatically. In this case a backup of /var/lib/
collectd/ is made in /var/backups/. This script is still experimental, 
though. Do not expect it to work in all cases.
msgstr 
Esse passo pode ser feito automaticamente. Nesse caso, uma cópia de 
segurança de /var/lib/collectd/ é feita em /var/backups/. Entretanto, esse 
script ainda é experimental. Não espere que ele funcione para todos os casos.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:3001
msgid Remove all collected data (e.g. RRD files)?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:3001
msgid 
The /var/lib/collectd/ directory which contains the data files containing 
the collected statistics is about to be removed. For example, this directory 
includes (in the default configuration) all RRD files.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../collectd-core.templates:3001
msgid 
If you're purging the collectd package in order to replace it with a more 
recent or custom version or if you want to keep the data for further 
analysis, the data should be kept.
msgstr 

debian-installer: Please update sublevel 6

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

Two strings have been added to Debian Installer recently. As per a new
policy, these strings ar emoved to sublevel 6 temporarily and not
counted in overall statistics, which means your language still appears
as 100% translated, while this file is incomplete.

I recently decided to handle these updates in a separate process for
organizational reasons. This is why you're notified spearately by this
mail.

Please update your translation and commit it back to D-I SVN. In case
you can't, you can send me the update so that I update the repository
myself.

There is no strict deadline, but doing this update as soon as possible
would be a good idea: this is not that a big update..:-)

# Translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2012.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-25 22:50+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-07 19:54-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interface a ser usada:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid 
Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel. 
You can select the type of user interface they use.
msgstr 
Pacotes que usam o debconf para configurações compartilham uma interface e 
um modo de usar comuns. Você pode selecionar o tipo de interface que eles 
irão usar.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid None
msgstr Nenhum

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ${descriptions}'None' will never ask you any question.
msgid 'None' will never ask you any question.
msgstr ${descriptions}'Nenhum' nunca fará perguntas para você.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid Text
msgstr Texto

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid 'Text' is a traditional plain text interface.
msgstr 'Texto' é uma interface tradicional em modo texto.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid Newt
msgstr Newt

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid 'Newt' is a full-screen, character based interface.
msgstr 'Newt' é uma interface em tela cheia e baseada em caractere.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:5001
msgid GTK
msgstr GTK

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:5001
msgid 
'GTK' is a graphical interface that may be used in any graphical environment.
msgstr 
'GTK' é uma interface gráfica que pode ser usada em qualquer ambiente 
gráfico.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../network-console.templates:10001
msgid Could not fetch SSH authorized keys
msgstr 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#. Translators: do NOT translate the LOCATION variable name
#: ../network-console.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid An error occurred while creating the keyfile.
msgid An error occurred while fetching SSH authorized keys from ${LOCATION}.
msgstr Um erro ocorreu durante a criação do arquivo de chave.

aolserver4 4.5.1-15.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package aolserver4

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on aolserver4 pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, May 03, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: aolserver4\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: aolserv...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-19 14:38+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-06 20:57-0300\n
Last-Translator: Andre Luis Lopes andre...@ig.com.br\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid Server hostname:
msgstr Informe um nome de host :

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| The server needs an hostname to be exposed on redirect pages URL and for 
#| informative purposes to identify itself.
msgid 
AOLserver needs a hostname to use for redirect page URLs and for identifying 
itself.
msgstr 
Este servidor precisa de um nome de host, o qual será exibido em URLS de 
páginas de redirecionamento e para propósitos informativos para sua própria 
identificação.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
It is generally the fully-qualified DNS hostname of the computer, or 
localhost if it is not networked. Any name valid for a URL string can be 
used.
msgstr 
O nome de host geralmente é o nome de host DNS totalmente qualificado de seu 
computador, ou localhost, caso seu computador não esteja em rede. Utilize 
qualquer nome que possa ser legalmente considerado em uma string de URL em 
seu ambiente.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid Server IP address:
msgstr Informe um número de endereço IP :

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:3001
msgid AOLserver needs an IP address to listen to.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:3001
msgid 
The default is the address of the loopback interface. If the server is to be 
remotely accessible this should be replaced by the address of the 
appropriate network interface.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid Server TCP port:
msgstr Informe uma porta TCP :

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
AOLserver needs a port number assigned for its use. This is almost always 
port 80 (the standard HTTP port), but might be different if another web 
server is installed, or some other service is listening on that port.
msgstr 
O AOLserver precisa de um número de porta designado para seu uso. Este 
número é, na maioria das vezes, a porta 80 (a porta HTTP padrão), mas pode 
ser diferente caso você possua um segundo servidor Web instalado ou possua 
algum outro serviço ouvindo nessa porta.

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid 
#~ AOLserver needs at least an IP address to listen to. It is generally the 
#~ primary Ethernet interface (or the loopback address, if the server will 
#~ be used just locally).
#~ msgstr 
#~ Este servidor precisa de pelo menos um endereço IP no qual o mesmo irá 
#~ ouvir. Geralmente, este endereço é o endereço IP da inteface de rede 
#~ primária (ou o endereço de loopback, caso você pense em utilizar o 
#~ servidor somente localmente).

#~ msgid 
#~ The default address is the loopback one, which is not recommended for 
#~ general (network or Internet) use.
#~ msgstr 
#~ O endereço IP padrão é o endereço de loopback, o que não é recomendado 
#~ para uso geral (em rede ou Internet).

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid It is recommended using the default.
#~ msgstr É recomendado que você use o padrão.

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid Welcome to the AOLserver 4
#~ msgstr Bem-vindo ao AOLserver 4.

#~ msgid 
#~ AOLserver is a multithreaded, Tcl-enabled, high-performance webserver.
#~ msgstr 
#~ O AOLserver é um servidor Web com suporte a multithreading, Tcl e oferece 
#~ alta performance.

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid 
#~ This software is designed to run multiple domains on a single machine. 
#~ Just one (main) will be setup right now. The 

websvn 2.3.3-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package websvn

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on websvn pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, April 16, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: websvn 1.61-13\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: chiffl...@cpe.fr\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-14 09:46+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-26 14:30-0300\n
Last-Translator: Gustavo Noronha Silva k...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian Brasil debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Do you want to configure WebSVN now?
msgstr Você quer configurar o WebSVN agora?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
WebSVN needs to be configured before its use, ie you must set the locations 
of the repositories.
msgstr 
O WebSVN precisa ser configurado antes de ser usado; você precisa definir as 
localizações dos repositórios.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
If you want to configure it later, you should run 'dpkg-reconfigure websvn'.
msgstr 
Se você quiser configurá-lo mais tarde, você deverá executar 'dpkg-
reconfigure websvn'.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid svn parent repositories:
msgstr Onde estão seus diretórios de repositórios svn?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
If you have directories containing svn repositories, enter the location of 
each parent directory you want to appear on websvn page.
msgstr 
Se você tem diretórios contendo repositórios svn, digite a localização de 
cada diretório que você quer que apareça na página websvn.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
You must specify at least one existing subversion repository or WebSVN will 
not work. You can specify single repositories on the next step of the config.
msgstr 
Você precisa especificar pelo menos um repositório subversion ou o WebSVN 
não irá funcionar. Você pode especificar repositórios individuais no próximo 
passo da configuração.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001 ../templates:3001
msgid Separate each entry with a comma (,) but NO SPACE or leave empty.
msgstr 
Separe cada entrada com uma vírgula (,) ou deixe em branco, mas NÃO USE 
ESPAÇOS.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid svn repositories:
msgstr Onde estão seus repositórios svn?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Enter the location of each svn repository you want to appear on websvn page.
msgstr 
Digite a localização de cada repositório svn que você quer que apareça na 
página websvn.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
You must specify at least one existing subversion repository or WebSVN will 
not work, except if you have given a parent path previously.
msgstr 
Você precisa especificar pelo menos um repositório subversion ou o WebSVN 
não irá funcionar, exceto se você tiver especificado um diretório que 
contenha repositórios no passo anterior.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../templates:4001
msgid apache, apache-ssl, apache-perl, apache2
msgstr apache, apache-ssl, apache-perl, apache2

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
msgid Apache configuration:
msgstr 

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
msgid 
WebSVN supports any web server that php4 does, but this automatic 
configuration process only supports Apache.
msgstr 
O WebSVN suporta qualquer servidor web suportado pelo php4, mas esse 
processo de configuração automática só suporta o Apache.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Note on permissions
msgstr Nota sobre permissões

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid 
Due to a limitation in the DB format, the 'svnlook' command needs read-write 
access to the repository (to create locks etc). You need to give read-write 
permissions to the user running your webserver on all your repositories.
msgstr 
Por causa de uma limitação no formato DB, o comando 'svnlook' precisa de 
acesso de leitura e escrita no 

New sublevel added to Debian Installer: sublevel 6 (for recently changed strings)

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

As we're beginning to target the release of Debian wheezy, I called
for a soft freeze of translatable strings in Debian Installer.

As of now, strings that need a change will be moved to a special
sublevel called sublevel 6. Statistics from that sublevel will not
be counted in general statistics and, therefore, will not count as a
trigger to deactivate an incomplete translation.

This is meant to allow minor updates imacting translations without
killing a formerly complete translation work.

Still, these strings can be translated as they are gathered together.
This is this sublevel 6 and the attached file is the one for your
language.

Please consider updating this translation the usual way: those of you
who have commit access and have no problem committing in D-I
repository, please do so in packages/po/sublevel 6. Others can send me
the file to update.

There is no deadline for this. The earlier, the better!

Many thanks for your work in Debian, past, present and future!

#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-05 20:47+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-29 21:32-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@cathedrallabs.org\n
Language-Team: l10n portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid ${echoices}
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid None
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1002
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interface a ser usada:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1002
msgid 
Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel. 
You can select the type of user interface they use.
msgstr 
Pacotes que usam o debconf para configurações compartilham uma interface e 
um modo de usar comuns. Você pode selecionar o tipo de interface que eles 
irão usar.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1002
msgid ${descriptions}'None' will never ask you any question.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid Text
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid 'Text' is a traditional plain text interface.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid Newt
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid 'Newt' is a full-screen, character based interface.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid GTK
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid 
'GTK' is a graphical interface that may be used in any graphical environment.
msgstr 

postfix 2.9.1-2: one string modified - updates needed

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

The postfix package maintainer modified one string in debconf
templates for this package.

You are registered as the last translator for these debconf templates
in your language. Please update this translation.

Please note that I personnally don't plan (yet) to upload the
package However, if there are many updates, it will climb quickly
on my radar and I may put some pressure in the upcoming weeks on the
maintainer for an upload to happen.

So, no deadline, but don't waste too much time...:-)

Translation updates MUST be sent as bug reports. Don't send them
directly to me.

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: postfix\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: post...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-01 21:49+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-11-18 21:34-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Corrigir master.cf para atualização ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, 
mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified 
domain name (FQDN).
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to 
abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration 
yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN 
of the machine.
msgstr 
Caso isto não seja corrigido, você terá um servidor de e-mail quebrado. Não 
aceite esta opção para abortar a atualização, o que lhe dará a oportunidade 
de adicionar a configuração manualmente. Aceite esta opção para 
automaticamente tornar o master.cf compatível com o Postfix 2.1 em relação a 
esse detalhe.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you 
proceed with the installation, Postfix will not run.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid Correct retry entry in master.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Corrigir master.cf para atualização ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Postfix version 2.1 and later require new services in master.cf.
msgid 
Postfix version 2.4 requires that the retry service be added to master.cf.
msgstr O Postfix, a partir da versão 2.1, requer novos serviços no master.cf.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to 
abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration 
yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with 
Postfix 2.4 in this respect.
msgstr 
Caso isto não seja corrigido, você terá um servidor de e-mail quebrado. Não 
aceite esta opção para abortar a atualização, o que lhe dará a oportunidade 
de adicionar a configuração manualmente. Aceite esta opção para 
automaticamente tornar o master.cf compatível com o Postfix 2.1 em relação a 
esse detalhe.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Corrigir master.cf para atualização ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to 
abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration 
yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with 
Postfix 2.2 in this respect.
msgstr 
Caso isto não seja corrigido, você terá um servidor de e-mail quebrado. Não 
aceite esta opção para abortar a atualização, o que lhe dará a oportunidade 
de adicionar a configuração manualmente. Aceite esta opção para 
automaticamente tornar o master.cf compatível com o Postfix 2.1 em relação a 
esse detalhe.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Ignore incorrect hostname entry?

leafnode 1.11.8-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package leafnode

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on leafnode pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, March 28, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: leafnode\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: leafn...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-18 08:13+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-07 13:32-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Which news server should Leafnode download news from?
msgid Server to download news from:
msgstr 
De qual servidor de notícias o Leafnode deve fazer o download das notícias ?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
The name of the news server should be provided by the organization providing 
you with network access, such as your Internet Service Provider.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
This server is generally called \news.domain\ or \nntp.domain\ where 
domain is the local domain name.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Enable access controls for Leafnode?
msgstr Habilitar controles de acesso para o Leafnode ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| If you do not enable some access controls for leafnode, people everywhere 
#| will be able to use your news server, for things like posting spam or 
#| accessing huge binary newsgroups. People actively scan the net for open 
#| news servers.
msgid 
If you do not enable some access controls for Leafnode, people everywhere 
will be able to use the news server which opens opportunities for spamming 
or resource abuse.
msgstr 
Caso você não habilite certos controles de acesso para o Leafnode, pessoas 
em qualquer lugar serão capazes de usar seu servidor de notícias para coisas 
ruins como postar spam ou acessar enormes grupos de notícias binários. 
Existem pessoas que ativamente procuram através da rede por servidores de 
notícias abertos.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Access controls will prevent computers other than the news server itself 
reading or posting to newsgroups using the server. If required access can be 
granted to other computers by editing /etc/hosts.allow.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid PPP, permanent, none
msgid permanent
msgstr ppp, permanente, nenhuma

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:4001
msgid none
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
msgid Network connection type:
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
msgid The Leafnode package can automatically download news.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
msgid 
The method used for this depends on the network connection type. Scripts 
provided with the package support two network connection types:\n
 - permanent: hourly news downloads;\n
 - PPP  : news downloads triggered by dialouts.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
msgid Either option will work for a dial-on-demand network connection.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| You can also select \none\, which will disable automatic downloads. 
#| News can be downloaded manually by running fetchnews.
msgid 
Choosing 'none' will disable automatic news downloads. News can be 
downloaded manually by running 'fetchnews'.
msgstr 
Você pode também selecionar \nenhuma\, o que desabilitará downloads 
automáticos de notícias. As notícias poderão ser obtidas através da execução 
manual do comando \fetchnews\.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Do you wish to update the list of available groups?
msgid Update the list of available groups?
msgstr Você deseja atualizar a lista de grupos disponíveis ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Leafnode keeps the list of available newsgroups up to date 

mysql-5.1 5.1.61-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mysql-5.1

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on mysql-5.1 pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, March 26, 2012.

Thanks,

# Brazilian Portuguese (pt_BR) debconf template translation for
# Debian's mysql-dfsg source package.
# Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org
# André Luís Lopes, andre...@debian.org , 2004
# André Luís Lopes, andre...@debian.org , 2006
# André Luís Lopes, andre...@debian.org , 2007
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: mysql-dfsg-5.1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: mysql-...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-31 12:35+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-21 15:59-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:2001
msgid Really proceed with downgrade?
msgstr Realmente proceder com o rebaixamento de versão?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:2001
msgid A file named /var/lib/mysql/debian-*.flag exists on this system.
msgstr Um arquivo de nome /var/lib/mysql/debian-*.flag existe no sistema.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Such file is an indication that a mysql-server package with a higher 
#| version has been installed earlier.
msgid 
Such a file is an indication that a mysql-server package with a higher 
version has been installed previously.
msgstr 
A presença de um arquivo como este é uma indicação de que um pacote mysql-
server com um número de versão mais alto já foi instalado anteriormente.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:2001
msgid 
There is no guarantee that the version you're currently installing will be 
able to use the current databases.
msgstr 
Não há garantias de que a versão que você está instalando no momento 
conseguirá utilizar as bases de dados existentes.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:3001
msgid Important note for NIS/YP users
msgstr Aviso importante para usuários NIS/YP

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:3001
msgid 
Using MySQL under NIS/YP requires a mysql user account to be added on the 
local system with:
msgstr 

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| You should also check the permissions and the owner of the /var/lib/mysql 
#| directory:
msgid 
You should also check the permissions and ownership of the /var/lib/mysql 
directory:
msgstr 
Você deverá também checar as permissões e o dono do diretório /var/lib/mysql:

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:4001
msgid Remove all MySQL databases?
msgstr Remover todas as bases de dados do MySQL?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:4001
msgid 
The /var/lib/mysql directory which contains the MySQL databases is about to 
be removed.
msgstr 
O diretório /var/lib/mysql, o qual contém as bases de dados do MySQL, está 
prestes a ser removido.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:4001
msgid 
If you're removing the MySQL package in order to later install a more recent 
version or if a different mysql-server package is already using it, the data 
should be kept.
msgstr 
Caso você esteja removendo o pacote MySQL para posteriormente instalar uma 
versão mais recente ou, caso uma versão diferente do pacote mysql-server 
esteja sendo utilizada, os dados deverão ser mantidos.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:5001
msgid Start the MySQL server on boot?
msgstr Iniciar o servidor MySQL junto a inicialização da máquina?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:5001
msgid 
The MySQL server can be launched automatically at boot time or manually with 
the '/etc/init.d/mysql start' command.
msgstr 
O servidor MySQL pode ser iniciado automaticamente junto a inicialização da 
máquina ou manualmente com o comando '/etc/init.d/mysql start'.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:6001
msgid New password for the MySQL \root\ user:
msgstr Nova senha para o usuário \root\ do MySQL:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:6001
msgid 
While not mandatory, it is highly recommended that you set a password for 
the MySQL administrative \root\ user.
msgstr 
Apesar de não ser mandatório, é altamente recomendado que você defina uma 
senha para o usuário administrativo \root\ do MySQL.

#. Type: password

auctex 11.86-9.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package auctex

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on auctex pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, March 26, 2012.

Thanks,

# Brazilian Portuguese translations of the debian/auctex/templates file of
# the auctex Debian package.
#
# Copyright (C) 2002, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07 Davide G. M. Salvetti
#
# This file is distributed under the same license as the auctex Debian
# package.
#
# Paulo R. Ormenese pormen...@uol.com.br, 2002
# André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org, 2007
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: auctex\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: auc...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-01-02 02:04+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-06-22 00:33+0200\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes dndre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf8\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../auctex.templates:1001
msgid Background
msgstr Segundo plano

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../auctex.templates:1001
msgid Foreground
msgstr Primeiro plano

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../auctex.templates:1001
msgid None
msgstr Nenhum

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../auctex.templates:1002
msgid (La)TeX macros parsing mode:
msgstr Modo de interpretação de macros (La)TeX:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../auctex.templates:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| To greatly improve AUCTeX performances, every TeX macro package and LaTeX 
#| style file currently installed at your site will be parsed.
msgid 
To improve the performance of AUCTeX, every currently installed TeX macro 
package and LaTeX style file will be parsed.
msgstr 
Para melhorar enormemente a performance de AUCTeX, todo pacote de macro TeX 
e arquivo de estilo LaTeX instalados atualmente em seu sistema serão 
interpretados.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Translators: do NOT translate ${LOGFILE}
#: ../auctex.templates:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| This may take a lot of time, so it should be probably done in the 
#| background; however you may also choose to have it done in the 
#| foreground, or to skip the parsing at all instead.  If you choose 
#| Background, you will find a detailed log of the process in the file: 
#| ${LOGFILE}.
msgid 
This may take a lot of time, so it should probably be done in the 
background.  You may also choose to have it done in the foreground, or to 
skip that step.
msgstr 
Isso pode consumir um bom tempo, então pode ser feito provavelmente em 
segundo plano; entretanto, você pode optar por ter isso feito em primeiro 
plano, ou ao invés disso pular o processo de interpretação. Caso você optar 
por fazer a interpretação em segundo plano, encontrará um log detalhado do 
processo no arquivo: ${LOGFILE}.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../auctex.templates:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| A weekly cron job will also take care of updating the data collected now, 
#| so usually you won't need to worry about them whenever you install new 
#| (La)TeX packages or remove old ones.
msgid 
The cached data gets automatically updated via dpkg triggers, so that no 
specific action is required whenever you install new (La)TeX packages or 
remove old ones.
msgstr 
Um trabalho semanal do cron também tomará o cuidado de atualizar as 
informações obtidas agora, então você normalmente não precisará preocupar-se 
com elas mesmo quando instalar novos pacotes (La)TeX ou remover antigos.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../auctex.templates:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Anyway, you can update them by hand running update-auctex-elisp.
msgid 
This update can be run manually at any moment by running 'update-auctex-
elisp'.
msgstr 
De qualquer forma, você pode atualizá-las manualmente executando update-
auctex-elisp.

#~ msgid Console
#~ msgstr Console

#~ msgid File
#~ msgstr Arquivo

#~ msgid Parsing output destination:
#~ msgstr Destino da saída do processo de interpretação:

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid 
#~| You chose to parse TeX macro packages and LaTeX style files in 
#~| foreground. This is OK, but normally it will also generate quite a lot 
#~| of output.
#~ msgid 
#~ You chose to parse TeX macro packages and LaTeX style files in 
#~ foreground. This operation generates a lot of information. Please choose 
#~ where this information should be sent:
#~ msgstr 
#~ Você optou por interpretar pacotes de macros TeX e arquivos de estilo 
#~ LaTeX em primero plano. Não há problemas em relação a isso, mas 
#~ normalmente esse processo também irá gerar bastante saída.

#~ msgid 
#~ By default -- i.e., answering File to this question -- further output 
#~ from the parsing process will go to a file named: 

Status of Debian Installer translations...

[Christian PERRIER]

It seems to be time to do something, folks...:-)

D-I translation statistics for Brazilian Portuguese are depressing! My
friend faw probably hadn't enough time to complete them. Before it is
really late and because some uploads might happen in a nearby future
(we need to think about something named release), is there a chance
that somebody pops up and takes things over?

Stats for level 1:
http://d-i.debian.org/l10n-stats/level1/pt_BR.txt

Files:
http://d-i.debian.org/l10n-stats/level1/files/pt_BR/

So, now I'm patiently waiting for news from some of you...My bet goes
to Adrianorg..:-)

(please CC me to answers)

-- 




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

win32-loader 0.7.4.4: Please update the PO translation for the package win32-loader

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the translation for
win32-loader. 

This package is used to build the Debian installation media and allows
preparing a system for a Debian install, from Windows. It is thus
counted as part of Debian Installer-related translations.

Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug
against win32-loader.

There is no strict deadline for this translation to be updated, but as
we're getting closer of a Debian release it becomes more and more
important to complete such translations.

Thanks in advance,

# Brazilian Portuguese translation for win32-loader
# Copyright (C) 2008 Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw)
# This file is distributed under the same license as the win32-loader package.
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2008.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: win32-loader (20080210)\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: win32-loa...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-09-27 13:40+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-14 11:29-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: l10n portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. translate:
#. This must be a valid string recognised by Nsis.  If your
#. language is not yet supported by Nsis, please translate the
#. missing Nsis part first.
#.
#: win32-loader.sh:36 win32-loader.c:39
msgid LANG_ENGLISH
msgstr LANG_PORTUGUESEBR

#. translate:
#. This must be the string used by GNU iconv to represent the charset used
#. by Windows for your language.  If you don't know, check
#. [wine]/tools/wmc/lang.c, or http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/WinCP.mspx
#.
#. IMPORTANT: In the rest of this file, only the subset of UTF-8 that can be
#. converted to this charset should be used.
#: win32-loader.sh:52
msgid windows-1252
msgstr windows-1252

#. translate:
#. Charset used by NTLDR in your localised version of Windows XP.  If you
#. don't know, maybe http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Code_page helps.
#: win32-loader.sh:57
msgid cp437
msgstr cp437

#. translate:
#. The name of your language _in English_ (must be restricted to ascii)
#: win32-loader.sh:67
msgid English
msgstr Brazilian Portuguese

#. translate:
#. IMPORTANT: only the subset of UTF-8 that can be converted to NTLDR charset
#. (e.g. cp437) should be used in this string.  If you don't know which charset
#. applies, limit yourself to ascii. $target_distro; will be Debian and $kernel_name;
#. will be either GNU/Linux, GNU/kFreeBSD or GNU/Hurd (in ASCII)
#: win32-loader.sh:82
#, sh-format
msgid $target_distro $kernel_name - Continue with install process
msgstr 

#. translate:
#. IMPORTANT: only the subset of UTF-8 that can be converted to NTLDR charset
#. (e.g. cp437) should be used in this string.  If you don't know which charset
#. applies, limit yourself to ascii.
#: win32-loader.sh:88
msgid PXE - Network boot
msgstr 

#. translate:
#. The nlf file for your language should be found in
#. /usr/share/nsis/Contrib/Language files/
#.
#: win32-loader.c:68
msgid English.nlf
msgstr PortugueseBR.nlf

#. translate:
#. This is the program name, that appears in the installer windows captions and in the Windows Uninstaller dialog.
#. Ampersands () are _forbidden_ in that string.
#.
#: win32-loader.c:75
#, fuzzy
msgid Debian-Installer loader
msgstr Carregador do Instalador Debian

#: win32-loader.c:76
msgid Cannot find win32-loader.ini.
msgstr Não foi possível encontrar win32-loader.ini.

#: win32-loader.c:77
msgid win32-loader.ini is incomplete.  Contact the provider of this medium.
msgstr win32-loader.ini está incompleto. Contate o fornecedor desta mídia.

#: win32-loader.c:78
msgid 
This program has detected that your keyboard type is \$0\.  Is this 
correct?
msgstr 
Este programa detectou que o tipo do seu teclado é \$0\. Isso está correto?

#: win32-loader.c:79
msgid 
Please send a bug report with the following information:\n
\n
 - Version of Windows.\n
 - Country settings.\n
 - Real keyboard type.\n
 - Detected keyboard type.\n
\n
Thank you.
msgstr 
Por favor, envie um relatório de bug (em inglês) com a seguinte informação:\n
\n
 - Versão do Windows.\n
 - Configurações Regionais.\n
 - Tipo real do teclado.\n
 - Tipo do teclado detectado.\n
\n
Obrigado.

#: win32-loader.c:80
#, fuzzy
msgid 
There doesn't seem to be enough free disk space in drive $c.  For a complete 
desktop install, it is recommended to have at least 3 GB.  If there is 
already a separate disk or partition for this install, or if you plan to 
replace Windows completely, you can safely ignore this warning.
msgstr 
Parece que não há espaço livre suficiente no disco $c. Para uma instalação 
completa de área de trabalho (\desktop\), é recomendado ter, pelo menos, 3 
GB. Se já existe um disco ou partição separada para instalar o Debian, ou se 
você planeja substituir o Windows completamente, você pode, seguramente, 
ignorar este 

debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

This is a very wide call for translation updates for Debian Installer
sublevel 1. Some of you may have been pinged already and may even have
answered. If so, sorry for this, but this call also targets past
translators that were no longer mentioned in the PO files headers
(most of the time as an obvious error).

We are now a few months (if not weeks) before the planned freeze of
Debian. It's time for me to shake the tree more and more strongly to
get Installer translations in.

For several of you, it's probably early in your opinion but, believe
me, it takes a LOT of time to get 70 translations in.

So, pretty please, take time to update (again, eventually) your
translation. Attached is the sublevel 5 file.

These messages belong to toy architectures and their specific
features. So, if you want D-I to be installable in s390 or kFreeBSD in
your language, this is what you need to translate..:-)

If you want to complete it, just complete the attached PO file and
commit it back to D-I SVN for those of you who have commit access.
Otherwise, please send it back to me. To avoid my spam filters, please
user christian+whitel...@perrier.eu.org as mail address, preferrably
(don't use the +WHITELIST trick with my Debian address, though).

And, this is my last spam for today..:-)


# translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2008-2010.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-11-27 22:51+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 03:17-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-base.templates:60001
#, no-c-format
msgid ZFS pool %s, volume %s
msgstr 

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-base.templates:62001
#, no-c-format
msgid DASD %s (%s)
msgstr DASD %s (%s)

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-base.templates:63001
#, no-c-format
msgid DASD %s (%s), partition #%s
msgstr DASD %s (%s), partição #%s

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#. Setting to reserve a small part of the disk for use by BIOS-based bootloaders
#. such as GRUB.
#: ../partman-partitioning.templates:36001
msgid Reserved BIOS boot area
msgstr Área reservada de inicialização do BIOS

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#. short variant of 'Reserved BIOS boot area'
#. Up to 10 character positions
#: ../partman-partitioning.templates:37001
msgid biosgrub
msgstr biosgrub

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-efi.templates:1001
msgid 
In order to start your new system, the firmware on your Itanium system loads 
the boot loader from its private EFI partition on the hard disk.  The boot 
loader then loads the operating system from that same partition.  An EFI 
partition has a FAT16 file system formatted on it and the bootable flag set. 
Most installations place the EFI partition on the first primary partition of 
the same hard disk that holds the root file system.
msgstr 
Para que seja possível iniciar seu novo sistema, o firmware em seu sistema 
Itanium carrega o carregador de inicialização de sua partição EFI privada no 
disco rígido. Daí, o carregador de inicialização carrega o sistema 
operacional da mesma partição. Uma partição EFI possui um sistema de 
arquivos formatado como FAT16 e a \flag\ de inicialização definida. A 
maioria das instalações colocam a partição EFI na primeira partição primária 
do mesmo disco rígido que contém o sistema de arquivos raiz.

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-efi.templates:2001 ../partman-efi.templates:4001
msgid EFI boot partition
msgstr Partição de inicialização EFI

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-efi.templates:3001
msgid No EFI partition was found.
msgstr Nenhuma partição EFI foi encontrada.

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#. short variant of 'EFI boot partition'
#. Up to 10 character positions
#: ../partman-efi.templates:5001
msgid EFIboot
msgstr EFIboot

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-efi.templates:7001
msgid EFI-fat16
msgstr EFI-fat16

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partconf.templates:1001
msgid 
No partitions were found in your system. You may need to partition your hard 
drives or load additional kernel modules.
msgstr 
Nenhuma partição foi encontrada em seu sistema. Você pode precisar 
particionar seus discos rígidos ou carregar módulos de kernel adicionais.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partconf.templates:2001
msgid No file systems found
msgstr Nenhuma sistema de arquivos encontrado

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partconf.templates:2001
msgid 
No 

fltk1.1 1.1.10-10.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package fltk1.1

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on fltk1.1 pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, March 02, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: libfltk1.1-dev\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: fltk...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 06:16+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-11-15 21:54-0300\n
Last-Translator: Tiago Bortoletto Vaz tiago...@im.ufba.br\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libfltk1.1-dev.templates:2001
msgid Make .h links to FL/*.H?
msgstr Fazer links dos arquivos .h para FL/*.H?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libfltk1.1-dev.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| For compatibility with some older code, FLTK used to make its C++-
#| specific headers available as FL/*.h as well as FL/*.H; however, the 
#| lowercase-h names are deprecated, and we recommend eliminating them from 
#| your code regardless.
msgid 
For compatibility with some older code, FLTK used to make its C++-specific 
headers available as FL/*.h as well as FL/*.H. However, the lowercase-h 
names are deprecated and should be eliminated from source code.
msgstr 
Para manter compatibilidade com alguns códigos antigos, FLTK costuma fazer 
com que seus arquivos de cabeçalho (headers) disponibilizados como FL/*.h 
sejam também disponibilizados como FL/*.H; entretanto esta nomeclatura 
está depreciada, e nós recomendamos que sejam retiradas de seu código.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libfltk1.1-dev.templates:2001
msgid Please choose whether such compatibility symlinks should be created.
msgstr 

isc-dhcp 4.2.2-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package isc-dhcp

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on isc-dhcp pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, March 01, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2006-2008.
# Licensed under the same terms of the dchp3 package.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: dhcp3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: isc-d...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-07 18:58-0700\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-09 04:07-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../isc-dhcp-relay.templates:2001
msgid Servers the DHCP relay should forward requests to:
msgstr 
Servidores para os quais o \relay\ DHCP deverá encaminhar as requisições:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../isc-dhcp-relay.templates:2001
msgid 
Please enter the hostname or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which 
DHCP and BOOTP requests should be relayed.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o nome ou endereço IP de pelo menos um servidor DHCP para 
o qual requisições DHCP e BOOTP deverão ser encaminhadas.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../isc-dhcp-relay.templates:2001
msgid 
You can specify multiple server names or IP addresses (in a space-separated 
list).
msgstr 
Você pode especificar múltiplos nomes ou endereços IP de servidores (usando 
uma lista separada por espaços).

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../isc-dhcp-relay.templates:3001
msgid Interfaces the DHCP relay should listen on:
msgstr Interfaces nas quais o \relay\ DHCP deverá escutar:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../isc-dhcp-relay.templates:3001
msgid 
Please specify which network interface(s) the DHCP relay should attempt to 
configure. Multiple interface names should be entered as a space-separated 
list.
msgstr 
Por favor, especifique quais interfaces de rede o \relay\ DHCP deverá 
tentar configurar. Múltiplos nomes de interface podem ser informados usando 
uma lista separada por espaços.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../isc-dhcp-relay.templates:3001
msgid 
Leave this field blank to allow for automatic detection and configuration of 
network interfaces by the DHCP relay, in which case only broadcast 
interfaces will be used (if possible).
msgstr 
Deixe este campo em branco para permitir a detecção automática e 
configuração das interfaces de rede pelo \relay\ DHCP, neste caso somente 
as interfaces \broadcast\ serão usadas (se possível).

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../isc-dhcp-relay.templates:4001
msgid Additional options for the DHCP relay daemon:
msgstr Opções adicionais para o daemon DHCP \relay\:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../isc-dhcp-relay.templates:4001
msgid Please specify any additional options for the DHCP relay daemon.
msgstr 
Por favor, especifique quaisquer opções adicionais para o daemon DHCP \relay
\.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../isc-dhcp-relay.templates:4001
msgid For example: '-m replace' or '-a -D'.
msgstr Por exemplo: '-m replace' ou '-a -D'.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../isc-dhcp-server.templates:2001
msgid Manual configuration required after installation
msgstr Configuração manual requerida após a instalação

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../isc-dhcp-server.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| After the DHCP server is installed, you will need to manually configure 
#| it by editing the file /etc/isc-dhcp/dhcpd.conf. Please note that the 
#| dhcpd.conf supplied is just a sample, and must be adapted to the network 
#| environment.
msgid 
After the DHCP server is installed, you will need to manually configure it 
by editing the file /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf. Please note that the dhcpd.conf 
supplied is just a sample, and must be adapted to the network environment.
msgstr 
Após a instalação do servidor DHCP será necessário configurá-lo manualmente 
editando o arquivo /etc/isc-dhcp/dhcpd.conf. Por favor, note que o arquivo 
dhcpd.conf fornecido é apenas um exemplo e deve ser adaptado ao ambiente de 
rede.

#. Type: note
#. 

slrn 1.0.0~pre18-1.3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package slrn

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on slrn pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, February 26, 2012.

Thanks,

#
# This file is from the DDTP, the Debian Description Translation Project
#
# See http://ddtp.debian.org/ for more information.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: slrn_0.9.8.0-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: s...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-06 19:06+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-31 22:07-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#  Template: shared/news/server
#  ddtp-prioritize: 62
#
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slrn.templates:1001 ../slrnpull.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid What news server should be used for reading and posting news?
msgid News server for reading and posting news:;
msgstr 
Qual servidor de notícias deve ser usado para leitura e postagem de 
notícias ?

#
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slrn.templates:1001 ../slrnpull.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| What news server (NNTP server) should be used for reading and posting 
#| news?
msgid 
Enter the fully qualified domain name of the news server (NNTP server) that 
should be used by default for reading and posting news.
msgstr 
Qual servidor de notícias deve ser usado para leitura e postagem de 
notícias ?

#  Template: shared/mailname
#  ddtp-prioritize: 62
#
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slrn.templates:2001
msgid Please enter the mail name of your system:
msgstr Por favor informe o mail name de seu sistema :

#
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slrn.templates:2001
msgid 
The \mail name\ is the hostname portion of the address to be shown on 
outgoing news and mail messages.
msgstr 
O \mail name\ é a porção nome de máquina (hostname) do endereço a ser 
exibido em notícias e mensagens enviadas.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slrn.templates:3001 ../slrnpull.templates:2001
msgid cron job
msgstr cron job

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slrn.templates:3001 ../slrnpull.templates:2001
msgid ip-up
msgstr ip-up

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slrn.templates:3001 ../slrnpull.templates:2001
msgid manually
msgstr manualmente

#  Template: slrn/getdescs
#  ddtp-prioritize: 62
#
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slrn.templates:3002
msgid How should newsgroup descriptions be refreshed?
msgstr Como as descrições de grupos de notícias deverão ser atualizadas ?

#
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slrn.templates:3002
msgid 
Slrn needs to periodically connect to the network to download new 
descriptions of newsgroups. This can be handled in a variety of ways.
msgstr 
O Slrn precisa periodicamente se conectar a rede para fazer o download de 
novas descrições de grupos de notícias. Isto pode ser gerenciado de diversas 
maneiras.

#
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slrn.templates:3002
msgid 
A cron job that is run weekly can be used. This works well if you have a 
permanent network connection, or if you are using diald or a similar program 
that connects to the network on demand.
msgstr 
Um cron job que é executado semanalmente pode ser usado. Isso funciona bem 
caso você possua uma conexão de rede permanente ou caso você esteja usando o 
diald ou um programa similar que se conecta a rede por demanda.

#
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slrn.templates:3002
msgid 
The ip-up script will make slrn refresh the descriptions when you connect to 
the network via ppp. The new descriptions will still only be retrieved once 
a week if you choose this method, no matter how often you connect to the 
network.
msgstr 
O script ip-up fará com que o slrn atualize as descrições quando você se 
conectar a rede via ppp. As novas descrições continuarão a ser obtidas 
somente uma vez por semana caso você opte por este método, não importando a 
frequência com a qual você se conecta a rede.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slrn.templates:3002
msgid 
Or you can choose to handle this manually and run as root the command /usr/
sbin/slrn_getdescs every week or so while you're online.
msgstr 

#  Template: slrn/getdescs_now
#  ddtp-prioritize: 62
#
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slrn.templates:4001
msgid Download newsgroup descriptions now?
msgstr Fazer o download das descrições dos grupos de notícias agora ?

#
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slrn.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| This appears to be a new install of slrn; no newsgroup descriptions have 
#| been downloaded so far. Are you online, and should the newsgroup 
#| descriptions be 

samba4 4.0.0~alpha17.dfsg2-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package samba4

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
samba4. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug
against samba4.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tue, 21 Feb 2012 19:03:50 +0100.

Thanks in advance,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: samba\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sam...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-01 22:43+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-12 16:16-0200\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:1001
msgid Upgrade from Samba 3?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:1001
msgid 
It is possible to migrate the existing configuration files from Samba 3 to 
Samba 4. This is likely to fail for complex setups, but should provide a 
good starting point for most existing installations.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:2001
msgid Server role
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:2001
msgid 
Domain controllers manage NT4-style or Active Directory domains and provide 
services such as identity management and domain logons. Each domain needs to 
have a at least one domain controller.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:2001
msgid 
Member servers can be part of a NT4-style or Active Directory domain but do 
not provide any domain services. Workstations and file or print servers are 
usually regular domain members.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:2001
msgid 
A standalone server can not be used in a domain and only supports file 
sharing and Windows for Workgroups-style logins.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:3001
msgid Realm name:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:3001
msgid 
Please specify the Kerberos realm for the domain that this domain controller 
controls.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba4.templates:3001
msgid Usually this is the a capitalized version of your DNS hostname.
msgstr 

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid 
#~| If you do not choose this option, you will have to handle any 
#~| configuration changes yourself, and will not be able to take advantage 
#~| of periodic configuration enhancements.
#~ msgid 
#~ If you do not choose this option, Samba will be left unconfigured, and 
#~ you will have to configure it yourself.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Caso você opte por essa opção, você precisará lidar com quaisquer 
#~ mudanças de configuração manualmente e você não poderá aproveitar os 
#~ melhoramentos periódicos de configuração.

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid Workgroup/Domain Name:
#~ msgid Domain Name:
#~ msgstr Nome de Domínio/Grupo de Trabalho :

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid 
#~| Please specify the workgroup you want this server to appear to be in 
#~| when queried by clients. Note that this parameter also controls the 
#~| domain name used with the security=domain setting.
#~ msgid 
#~ Please specify the domain you want this server to appear to be in when 
#~ queried by clients.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Por favor, especifique o grupo de trabalho no qual quer que este servidor 
#~ pareça estar quando questionado por clientes. Note que este parâmetro 
#~ também controla o nome de Domínio usado com a configuração 
#~ security=domain.

#~ msgid Modify smb.conf to use WINS settings from DHCP?
#~ msgstr 
#~ Modificar smb.conf para usar configurações WINS fornecidas via DHCP ?

#~ msgid 
#~ If your computer gets IP address information from a DHCP server on the 
#~ network, the DHCP server may also provide information about WINS servers 
#~ (\NetBIOS name servers\) present on the network.  This requires a 
#~ change to your smb.conf file so that DHCP-provided WINS settings will 
#~ automatically be read from /etc/samba/dhcp.conf.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Caso seu computador obtenha as informações de endereçamento IP de um 
#~ servidor DHCP na rede, o servidor DHCP poderá também fornecer informações 
#~ sobre servidor WINS (\Servidor de Nomes NetBIOS\) presentes na rede. 
#~ Para que o Samba leia as configurações WINS fornecidas pelo servidor DHCP 
#~ 

couriergraph 0.25-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package couriergraph

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on couriergraph pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, February 14, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: couriergraph\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-15 23:41+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-19 18:34+0200\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Should CourierGraph start on boot?
msgstr O CourierGraph deve ser iniciado na inicialização da máquina ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Couriergraph can start on boot time as a daemon. Then it will monitor your 
mail logfile for changes. This is recommended.
msgstr 
O CourierGraph pode ser iniciado na inicialização da máquna como um daemon. 
Assim o mesmo irá monitorar seu arquivo de logs de e-mails em busca de 
mudanças. Este é o método recomendado.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
The other method is to call couriergraph.pl by hand with the -l parameter.
msgstr 
O outro método é invocar o script couriergraph.pl manualmente com o 
parâmetro -l.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid Logfile to be used by couriergraph:
msgstr Qual arquivo de log deverá ser usado pelo couriergraph ?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Enter the logfile which should be used to create the databases for 
couriergraph. If unsure, leave default.
msgstr 
Informe o arquivo de log que deverá ser usado paar criar as bases de dados 
para o couriergraph. Em caso de dúvidas, mantenha em branco.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Remove RRD files on purge?
msgstr Remover arquivo RRD na remoção do pacote ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Couriergraph keeps its database files under /var/lib/couriergraph. State 
whether this directory should be removed completely on purge or not.
msgstr 
O CourierGraph mantém seus arquivos de bases de dados sob o diretório /var/
lib/couriergraph. Esse diretório deverá ser completamente removido quando o 
pacote couriergraph for removido ?

nethack 3.4.3-12.3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nethack

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on nethack pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, February 01, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@cathedrallabs.org, 2006.
# Licensed under the same terms of the nethack package.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: nethack (20061112)\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: neth...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-17 07:46+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-12 14:12-0200\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@cathedrallabs.org\n
Language-Team: l10n portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nethack-common.templates:2001
msgid Use setgid bit with NetHack's recover utility?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nethack-common.templates:2001
msgid 
The \recover\ program in the package nethack-common is traditionally 
installed with the \setgid\ bit set, so that all users can use it to 
recover their own save files after a crash (with \games\ group 
privileges). This is a potential source of security problems.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nethack-common.templates:2001
msgid 
This package includes a script that runs during system boot, invoking 
recover on any broken save files it finds. This makes it less likely that 
users will need to run it themselves, so the default is to install recover 
without the special permission bits required for that.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nethack-common.templates:2001
msgid 
If you choose this option, unprivileged users will be able to run \recover
\.
msgstr 

#~ msgid abort, backup, purge, ignore
#~ msgstr abortar, backup, expurgar (\purge\), ignorar

#~ msgid Should NetHack back up your old, incompatible save files?
#~ msgstr 
#~ NetHack deveria fazer backup dos seus antigos e incompatíveis arquivos 
#~ salvos?

#~ msgid 
#~ You are upgrading from a version of NetHack whose save files are not 
#~ compatible with the version you are upgrading to. You may either have 
#~ them backed up into /tmp, purge them, ignore this problem completely, or 
#~ abort this installation and manually handle NetHack's save files. Your 
#~ score files will be lost if you choose to purge.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Você está atualizando a partir de uma versão do NetHack cujos arquivos 
#~ salvos não são compatíveis com a versão para a qual você está 
#~ atualizando. Você pode fazer o backup deles no /tmp, expurgá-los, ignorar 
#~ este problema completamente ou abortar esta instalação e manualmente 
#~ manusear os arquivos salvos do NetHack. Seus arquivos de pontuação serão 
#~ perdidos se você escolher expurgar.

#~ msgid 
#~ If you choose to back up, the files will be backed up into a gzip-
#~ compressed tar archive in /tmp with a random name starting with 'nethk' 
#~ and ending in '.tar.gz'.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Se você optar pelo backup, os arquivos serão salvos num arquivo tar 
#~ compactado com gzip no /tmp com um nome aleatório começando com 'nethk' e 
#~ terminando com '.tar.gz'.

#~ msgid 
#~ Old NetHack save files can be found in /var/games/nethack (or /var/lib/
#~ games/nethack, for versions before 3.4.0).
#~ msgstr 
#~ Antigos arquivos salvos NetHack podem ser encontrados em /var/games/
#~ nethack (ou /var/lib/games/nethack, para versões anteriores a 3.4.0).

#~ msgid Would you like NetHack's recover utility to be setgid games?
#~ msgstr 
#~ Você gostaria que o utilitário de recuperação do NetHack fosse 
#~ configurado com setgid games?

#~ msgid 
#~ The 'recover' program is installed as part of the nethack-common package 
#~ and exists to help the administrator recover broken save files, etc.
#~ msgstr 
#~ O programa 'recover' é instalado como parte do pacote nethack-common e 
#~ existe para ajudar administradores a recuperar arquivos salvos quebrados, 
#~ etc.

#~ msgid 
#~ Recover is traditionally installed setgid games, although it does not 
#~ need to be in the Debian NetHack installation, as it is automatically run 
#~ at boot time as root. Its only usefulness as a 

apt-build 0.12.39: Please update debconf PO translation for the package apt-build

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on apt-build pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, January 28, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: apt-build\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: a...@debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-12 11:31+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-13 20:04-0200\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Directory used by apt-build to download and build packages:
msgstr 
Diretório utilizando pelo apt-build para armazenar e construir pacotes :

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Directory used to store packages built by apt-build:
msgstr 
Diretório utilizado para armazenar pacotes construídos pelo apt-build :

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Add apt-build repository to sources.list?
msgstr Adicionar o repositório apt-build ao arquivo sources.list ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
In order to install built package via APT, you must add a line like this to 
your sources.list:\n
  deb file:${repo} apt-build main
msgstr 
Para poder instalar os pacotes construídos usando o APT, é necessário 
adicionar uma linha como essa em seu arquivo sources.list :\n
  deb file:${repo} apt-build main

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Light, Medium, Strong
msgstr Fracas, Médias, Fortes

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
#, fuzzy
msgid Optimization level:
msgstr Qual nível de otimização você deseja ?

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
msgid 
These are equivalent to -O1, -O2 and -O3. Optimization level is time 
dependant. The higher optimization level you choose, more time will be 
required for compiling, but the faster your programs will be. Warning: 
Strong optimization may lead to stability problems.
msgstr 
Esses níveis são equivalentes as opções -O1, -O2 e -O3. O nível de 
otimização é dependente de tempo. Quanto maior o nível de otimização você 
escolher, mas tempo será necessário para a compilação terminar, mas seus 
programas ficarão mais rápidos. Aviso : Otimizações fortes podem levar a 
problemas de estabilidade.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001 ../templates:6001 ../templates:7001 ../templates:8001
#: ../templates:9001 ../templates:10001
msgid Architecture:
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001 ../templates:6001 ../templates:7001 ../templates:8001
#: ../templates:9001 ../templates:10001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
If your architecture is not here, choose one and edit your configuration 
file (/etc/apt/apt-build.conf) by hand, and please do a wishlist bugreport.
msgstr 
Caso sua arquitetura não esteja listada aqui, escolha uma e edite seu 
arquivo de configuração (/etc/apt/apt-build.conf) manualmente. E, por favor, 
envie um relatório de problemas (bug) com a prioridade \lista de desejos
\ (wishlist).

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:11001
msgid Options to add to gcc:
msgstr Opções a serem adicionadas ao gcc : 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:12001
msgid Options to add to make:
msgstr Opções a serem adicionadas ao make : 

#~ msgid 
#~ If your architecture is not here, choose one and edit your configuration 
#~ file (/etc/apt/apt-build.conf) by hand, and please do a bugreport. 
#~ (wishlist)
#~ msgstr 
#~ Caso sua arquitetura não esteja listada aqui, escolha uma e edite seu 
#~ arquivo de configuração (/etc/apt/apt-build.conf) manualmente. E, por 
#~ favor, envie um relatório de problemas (bug) com a prioridade \lista de 
#~ desejos\ (wishlist).

#~ msgid What is your architecture?
#~ msgstr Qual é 

pam 1.1.3-6.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package pam

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on pam pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, January 27, 2012.

Thanks,

# pam Brazilian Portuguese translation
# Copyright (c) 2007 Steve Langasek vor...@debian.org
# This file is distributed under the same license as the pam package.
# Eder L. Marques e...@edermarques.net, 2007-2009.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: pam_0.99.7.1-5\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: p...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-30 15:05-0400\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-03-29 13:01-0700\n
Last-Translator: Eder L. Marques e...@edermarques.net\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:1001
msgid Services to restart for PAM library upgrade:
msgstr Serviços a serem reiniciados para a atualização de bibliotecas PAM:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:1001
msgid 
Most services that use PAM need to be restarted to use modules built for 
this new version of libpam.  Please review the following space-separated 
list of init.d scripts for services to be restarted now, and correct it if 
needed.
msgstr 
A maioria dos serviços que utilizam PAM precisam ser reiniciados para usar 
os módulos construídos para esta nova versão da libpam. Por favor, revise a 
seguinte lista separada por espaços de seus scripts init.d para os serviços 
a serem reiniciados agora, e a corrija se necessário.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:2001
msgid Display manager must be restarted manually
msgstr Gerenciadores de display devem ser reiniciados manualmente

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:2001
msgid 
The wdm and xdm display managers require a restart for the new version of 
libpam, but there are X login sessions active on your system that would be 
terminated by this restart.  You will therefore need to restart these 
services by hand before further X logins will be possible.
msgstr 
Os gerenciadores de display wdm e xdm precisam ser reiniciados para a nova 
versão da libpam, mas existem sessões de login X ativas em seu sistema que 
podem ser terminadas por este reinicio. Você consequentemente necessitará 
reiniciar estes serviços manualmente antes que logins X adicionais sejam 
possíveis.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:3001
msgid Failure restarting some services for PAM upgrade
msgstr Falha ao reiniciar alguns serviços para a atualização da PAM

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:3001
msgid 
The following services could not be restarted for the PAM library upgrade:
msgstr 
Os seguintes serviços não puderam ser reiniciados para a atualização da 
biblioteca PAM:

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:3001
msgid 
You will need to start these manually by running '/etc/init.d/service 
start'.
msgstr 
Você deverá iniciá-los manualmente executando '/etc/init.d/serviço start'.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:4001
msgid Restart services during package upgrades without asking?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:4001
msgid 
There are services installed on your system which need to be restarted when 
certain libraries, such as libpam, libc, and libssl, are upgraded. Since 
these restarts may cause interruptions of service for the system, you will 
normally be prompted on each upgrade for the list of services you wish to 
restart.  You can choose this option to avoid being prompted; instead, all 
necessary restarts will be done for you automatically so you can avoid being 
asked questions on each library upgrade.
msgstr 

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:1001
msgid PAM configuration
msgstr 

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001
msgid PAM profiles to enable:
msgstr Perfis PAM para habilitar:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001
msgid 
Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) determine how authentication, 
authorization, and password changing are handled on the system, as well as 
allowing configuration of additional actions to take when starting user 
sessions.
msgstr 
O PAM (\Pluggable Authentication Modules\) determina como a autenticação, 
autorização e alteração de senha são tratados no sistema, assim como permite 
a configuração de ações adicionais a serem tomadas quando sessões de usuário 
são iniciadas.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001
msgid 
Some 

squid 2.7.STABLE9-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package squid

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on squid pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, January 27, 2012.

Thanks,

# squid's po-debconf Brazilian Portuguese translation.
# Copyright (C) 2007, André Luís Lopes
# This file is distributed under the same license as the squid package.
# André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org, 2007.
# Herbert P Fortes Neto h_p_...@yahoo.com.br, 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: squid\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: lu...@debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-01 01:49+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-09 15:00-0300\n
Last-Translator: Herbert P Fortes Neto h_p_...@yahoo.com.br\n
Language-Team: l10n-portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Upgrade squid.conf automatically?
msgstr Atualizar arquivo squid.conf automaticamente?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Incompatible settings have been found in the existing squid.conf file.
msgstr 
Configurações incompatíveis foram encontradas no arquivo squid.conf 
existente.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid They will prevent Squid from starting or working correctly.
msgstr Elas irão impedir o Squid de iniciar ou funcionar de forma correta.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
These settings can be corrected now. Please choose whether you want to apply 
the needed changes.
msgstr 
Essas configurações podem ser corrigidas agora. Por favor escolha se você 
quer aplicar as mudanças necessárias.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Fix permissions of cache_dir?
msgid Fix permissions of 'cache_dir'?
msgstr Corrigir permissões de cache_dir?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
The values for 'cache_effective_user' and/or 'cache_effective_group' in 
Squid's configuration file are incompatible with the owner/group of the 
cache directories.
msgstr 
Os valor para 'cache_effective_user' e/ou 'cache_effective_group' no arquivo 
de configuração do Squid são incompatíveis com o dono/grupo dos diretórios 
de cache. 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Please choose whether this should be fixed automatically.
msgstr Por favor escolha se isso deve ser corrigido automaticamente.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
However, please note that if you specified a cache directory different from /
var/spool/squid (such as /tmp), this could affect any other programs using 
that directory.
msgstr 
Contudo, por favor note que caso você tenha especificado um diretório de 
cache diferente de /var/spool/squid (por exemplo, /tmp), isso poderá afetar 
quaisquer outros programas que usam esse diretório.

libphp-adodb 5.12-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package libphp-adodb

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on libphp-adodb pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, January 24, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: libphp-adodb_3.72-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: camrd...@gmail.com\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-22 00:09-0800\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-29 22:54-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid WARNING: include path for php has changed!
msgstr AVISO : Caminho de inclusão para o PHP mudou !

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
libphp-adodb is no longer installed in /usr/share/adodb. New installation 
path is now /usr/share/php/adodb.
msgstr 
A libphp-adodb não é mais instalada sob o diretório /usr/lib/adodb. O novo 
caminho de instalação é agora /usr/share/adodb.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Please update your php.ini file. Maybe you must also change your web-server 
configuraton.
msgstr 
Por favor, atualize seu arquivo php.ini. Talvez você precise também mudar a 
configuração de seu servidor Web para refletir essa mudança.

Debian Installer sublevel 1: Yet another tentative to get files completed...sublevel 5

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

Once again, I'm trying to get translations completed for Debian
Installer. Attached is sublevel 5 for your language, which is
currently incomplete.

Please consider completing and committing it (feel free to ask me in
case you have trouble committing).

There is no strict deadline, but Debian will likely release in 2012,
so it really begins to be worrying when languages are not complete in
D-I.

Thanks in advance,


# translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2008-2010.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-11-27 22:51+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 03:17-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-base.templates:60001
#, no-c-format
msgid ZFS pool %s, volume %s
msgstr 

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-base.templates:62001
#, no-c-format
msgid DASD %s (%s)
msgstr DASD %s (%s)

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-base.templates:63001
#, no-c-format
msgid DASD %s (%s), partition #%s
msgstr DASD %s (%s), partição #%s

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#. Setting to reserve a small part of the disk for use by BIOS-based bootloaders
#. such as GRUB.
#: ../partman-partitioning.templates:36001
msgid Reserved BIOS boot area
msgstr Área reservada de inicialização do BIOS

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#. short variant of 'Reserved BIOS boot area'
#. Up to 10 character positions
#: ../partman-partitioning.templates:37001
msgid biosgrub
msgstr biosgrub

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-efi.templates:1001
msgid 
In order to start your new system, the firmware on your Itanium system loads 
the boot loader from its private EFI partition on the hard disk.  The boot 
loader then loads the operating system from that same partition.  An EFI 
partition has a FAT16 file system formatted on it and the bootable flag set. 
Most installations place the EFI partition on the first primary partition of 
the same hard disk that holds the root file system.
msgstr 
Para que seja possível iniciar seu novo sistema, o firmware em seu sistema 
Itanium carrega o carregador de inicialização de sua partição EFI privada no 
disco rígido. Daí, o carregador de inicialização carrega o sistema 
operacional da mesma partição. Uma partição EFI possui um sistema de 
arquivos formatado como FAT16 e a \flag\ de inicialização definida. A 
maioria das instalações colocam a partição EFI na primeira partição primária 
do mesmo disco rígido que contém o sistema de arquivos raiz.

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-efi.templates:2001 ../partman-efi.templates:4001
msgid EFI boot partition
msgstr Partição de inicialização EFI

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-efi.templates:3001
msgid No EFI partition was found.
msgstr Nenhuma partição EFI foi encontrada.

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#. short variant of 'EFI boot partition'
#. Up to 10 character positions
#: ../partman-efi.templates:5001
msgid EFIboot
msgstr EFIboot

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partman-efi.templates:7001
msgid EFI-fat16
msgstr EFI-fat16

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partconf.templates:1001
msgid 
No partitions were found in your system. You may need to partition your hard 
drives or load additional kernel modules.
msgstr 
Nenhuma partição foi encontrada em seu sistema. Você pode precisar 
particionar seus discos rígidos ou carregar módulos de kernel adicionais.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partconf.templates:2001
msgid No file systems found
msgstr Nenhuma sistema de arquivos encontrado

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl5:
#: ../partconf.templates:2001
msgid 
No usable file systems were found. You may need to load additional kernel 
modules.
msgstr 
Nenhum sistema de arquivo utilizável foi encontrado. Você pode precisar 
carregar módulos de kernel adicionais.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl5:
#: ../partconf.templates:3001
msgid Abort
msgstr Abortar

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl5:
#. Note to translators : Please keep your translations of the choices
#. below a 65 columns limit (which means 65 characters
#. in single-byte languages)
#: ../partconf.templates:4001
msgid Leave the file system intact
msgstr Deixar o sistema de arquivos intacto

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl5:
#. Note to translators : Please keep your translations of the choices
#. below a 65 columns limit (which means 65 characters
#. in single-byte languages)
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl5:
#. Note to translators : Please keep your 

distcc 3.1-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package distcc

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on distcc pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, January 19, 2012.

Thanks,

# distcc Brazilian Portuguese po-debconf translation
# Copyright (C) 2007 THE distcc PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the distcc package.
# Jefferson Alexandre dos Santos jefferson.alexan...@gmail.com, 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: distcc\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dis...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-05 23:23+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-02 12:42-0300\n
Last-Translator: Jefferson Alexandre dos Santos jefferson.alexandre@gmail.
com\n
Language-Team: l10n portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:1001
msgid Start the distcc daemon on startup?
msgstr Iniciar o daemon distcc durante a inicialização?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:1001
msgid 
distcc can be run as a daemon, listening on port 3632 for incoming 
connections.
msgstr 
O distcc pode ser executado como daemon, escutando na porta 3632 por 
conexões recebidas.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:1001
msgid 
You have the option of starting the distcc daemon automatically on the 
computer startup. If in doubt, it's advised not to start it automatically on 
startup. If you later change your mind, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure 
distcc'.
msgstr 
Você tem a opção de iniciar o distcc como daemon automaticamente na 
inicialização do computador. Se estiver em dúvida, é aconselhável não iniciá-
lo automaticamente na inicialização. Se você mudar de idéia depois, você 
pode executar: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:2001
msgid Allowed client networks:
msgstr Redes cliente autorizadas:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:2001
msgid 
The distcc daemon implements access control based on the IP address of the 
client, that is trying to connect. Only the hosts or networks listed here 
are allowed to connect.
msgstr 
O daemon distcc implementa controle de acesso baseado no endereço IP dos 
clientes que estão tentando conectar. Apenas as máquinas ou redes listadas 
aqui estão autorizadas a conectar.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:2001
msgid 
You can list multiple hosts and/or networks, separated by spaces. Hosts are 
represented by their IP address, networks have to be in CIDR notation, f.e. 
\192.168.1.0/24\.
msgstr 
Você pode listar múltiplas máquinas e/ou redes, separados por espaços. 
Máquinas são representadas pelos seus endereços IP, redes tem que estar na 
notação CIDR, por exemplo, \192.168.1.0/24\.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:2001
msgid 
To change the list at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'.
msgstr 
Para mudar a lista posteriormente, você pode executar 'dpkg-reconfigure 
distcc'.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid Listen interfaces:
msgstr Interfaces a escutar:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid The distcc daemon can be bound to a specific network interface.
msgstr 
O daemon distcc pode ser restringido a uma interface de rede específica.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid 
You probably want to choose the interface of your local network by entering 
its IP address. If distccd should listen on all interfaces, just enter 
nothing.
msgstr 
Você provavelmente quer escolher a interface da sua rede local informando o 
seu endereço IP. Se o distcc deve escutar em todas as interfaces, não 
informe nada.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid 
Be sure to protect distccd from unauthorized access, by being careful in 
your choice of the listen interface and allowed networks. distccd should  
never be accessible from untrusted networks. If that is needed, secureshell 
should be used instead of the daemon.
msgstr 
Tenha certeza de proteger o distccd contra acessos não autorizados, sendo 
cuidadoso na escolha das interfaces nas quais ele escuta e nas redes 
autorizadas. O distccd nunca deve estar acessível a partir de redes não 
confiáveis. Se isso é necessário, o secureshell deve ser usado ao invés do 
daemon.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid 
To change the address at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure 
distcc'.
msgstr 
Para mudar os endereços posteriormente, você pode executar: 'dpkg-
reconfigure distcc'.

#. 

kerberos-configs 2.2+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package kerberos-configs

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on kerberos-configs pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, January 16, 2012.

Thanks,

# Skerberos-configs Brazilian Portuguese debconf template translation.
# Copyright (C), 2006 André Luís Lopes
# This file is distributed under the same license as the kerberos-configs package.
# André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org, 2006.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: kerberos-configs\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: kerberos-conf...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-21 13:57-0400\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-17 20:12-0200\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:1001
msgid Configuring Kerberos Authentication
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:2001
msgid Default Kerberos version 5 realm:
msgstr Realm Kerberos versão 5 padrão:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| When users attempt to use Kerberos and specify a principal or user name 
#| without specifying what administrative Kerberos realm that principal 
#| belongs to, the system appends the default realm.  Normally, the default 
#| realm is the uppercase version of the local DNS domain.
msgid 
When users attempt to use Kerberos and specify a principal or user name 
without specifying what administrative Kerberos realm that principal belongs 
to, the system appends the default realm.  The default realm may also be 
used as the realm of a Kerberos service running on the local machine.  
Often, the default realm is the uppercase version of the local DNS domain.
msgstr 
Quando usuários tentam utilizar Kerberos e especificam um principal ou nome 
de usuário sem especificar a qual realm Kerberos administrativo esse 
principal pertence, o sistema inclui o realm padrão. Normalmente, o realm 
padrão é a versão em maiúsculas do domínio DNS local.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:5001
msgid Add locations of default Kerberos servers to /etc/krb5.conf?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:5001
msgid 
Typically, clients find Kerberos servers for their default realm in the 
domain-name system. ${dns}
msgstr 

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:6001 ../krb5-config.templates:7001
msgid short description unused
msgstr 

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:6001
msgid 
However, the Kerberos servers for your realm do not appear to be listed 
either in the domain-name system or the kerberos configuration file shipped 
with Debian. You may add them to the Kerberos configuration file or add them 
to your DNS configuration.
msgstr 

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:7001
msgid 
Servers for your realm were found in DNS. For most configurations it is best 
to use DNS to find these servers so that if the set of servers for your 
realm changes, you need not reconfigure each machine in the realm. However, 
in special situations, you can locally configure the set of servers for your 
Kerberos realm.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:8001
msgid Kerberos servers for your realm:
msgstr Servidores Kerberos para seu realm:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:8001
msgid 
Enter the hostnames of Kerberos servers in the ${realm} Kerberos realm 
separated by spaces.
msgstr 
Informe os hostnames dos servidores Kerberos no realm Kerberos ${realm}, 
separados por espaços.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:9001
msgid Administrative server for your Kerberos realm:
msgstr Servidor administrativo para seu realm Kerberos:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:9001
msgid 
Enter the hostname of the administrative (password changing) server for the 
${realm} Kerberos realm.
msgstr 
Informe o hostname do servidor administrativo (que gerencia a troca de 
senhas) para o realm Kerberos ${realm}.

#~ msgid Default Kerberos version 4 realm:
#~ msgstr Realm Kerberos versão 4 padrão:

#~ msgid Does DNS contain pointers to your realm's Kerberos Servers?
#~ msgstr 
#~ O DNS contém apontadores para seus servidores Kerberos de seu realm ?

#~ msgid 
#~ Traditionally, new realms have been added to /etc/krb.conf so that 
#~ clients can find the Kerberos servers for the realm.  Modern Kerberos 
#~ implementations sometimes support looking this 

snort 2.8.5.2-9.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package snort

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on snort pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, January 16, 2012.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: snort\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sn...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-01-02 02:11+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-07 22:06-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@ig.com.br\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../snort.templates:1001 ../snort-mysql.templates:1001
#: ../snort-pgsql.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid root
msgid boot
msgstr root

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../snort.templates:1001 ../snort-mysql.templates:1001
#: ../snort-pgsql.templates:1001
msgid dialup
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../snort.templates:1001 ../snort-mysql.templates:1001
#: ../snort-pgsql.templates:1001
msgid manual
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../snort.templates:1002 ../snort-mysql.templates:1002
#: ../snort-pgsql.templates:1002
msgid Snort start method:
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../snort.templates:1002 ../snort-mysql.templates:1002
#: ../snort-pgsql.templates:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Snort can be started during boot, when connecting to the net with pppd or 
#| only when you manually start it via /usr/sbin/snort.
msgid 
Snort can be started during boot, when connecting to the net with pppd or 
only manually with the /usr/sbin/snort command.
msgstr 
O Snort pode ser iniciado durante a inicialização da máquina, quando 
conectando a Internet com o pppd ou somente quando você iniciar manualmente 
através do comando /usr/sbin/snort.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../snort.templates:2001 ../snort-mysql.templates:2001
#: ../snort-pgsql.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid On which interface Snort should listen? (only one!)
msgid Interface(s) which Snort should listen on:
msgstr Em qual interface de rede o Snort deve ouvir ? (somente uma !)

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../snort.templates:2001 ../snort-mysql.templates:2001
#: ../snort-pgsql.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Please enter the interface name which snort should listen on. The name of 
#| the available interfaces are provided by running 'ip link show'. This 
#| value usually is 'eth0', but you might want to vary this depending on 
#| your environment, if you are using a dialup connection 'ppp0' might be 
#| more appropiate.
msgid 
This value is usually 'eth0', but this may be inappropriate in some network 
environments; for a dialup connection 'ppp0' might be more appropiate (see 
the output of '/sbin/ifconfig').
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o nome da interface na qual o snort deverá ouvir. O nome 
das interfaces disponíveis podem ser visualizados executando-se o comando 
'ip link show'. Esse valor geralmente é 'eth0', mas você pode querer variar 
isso dependendo de seu ambiente, caso você esteja usando uma conexão 
discada, 'ppp0' pode ser mais apropriado.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../snort.templates:2001 ../snort-mysql.templates:2001
#: ../snort-pgsql.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Notice that Snort is usually configured to inspect all traffic coming 
#| from the Internet, so the interface you add here is usually the same the 
#| 'default route' is on.  You can determine which interface is used for 
#| this running either '/sbin/ip ro sh' or '/sbin/route -n' (look for 
#| 'default' or '0.0.0.0').
msgid 
Typically, this is the same interface as the 'default route' is on. You can 
determine which interface is used for this by running '/sbin/route -n' (look 
for '0.0.0.0').
msgstr 
Note que o Snort é geralmente configurado para inspecionar todo tráfego 
chegando da Internet, de modo que a interface que você adicionar aqui 
geralmente é a mesma onde a 'rota padrão' está. Você pode determinar qual 
interface é usada para isso executando o comando '/sbin/ip ro sh' ou '/sbin/
route -n' (procure por 'default' ou '0.0.0.0').

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../snort.templates:2001 ../snort-mysql.templates:2001
#: 

mailagent 1:3.1-74-0.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mailagent

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on mailagent pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, January 16, 2012.

Thanks,

# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: mailagent 3.73-16\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: mailag...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-10-31 03:26-0500\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-26 02:58-0300\n
Last-Translator: Guilherme de S. Pastore gpast...@colband.com.br\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Organization name for this computer:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
The /etc/news/organization file does not exist. That file contains the name 
of the organization this computer belongs to. This is the name that will 
appear in the Organization header field of outgoing articles, mail, or 
patches.
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Please enter the name of the organization as you want it to appear in that 
header field. It is common practice to add a location, typically a city 
name, to the organization's name, for instance:\n
 University of Southern North Dakota, Hoople
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid If you enter \--none--\, no organization name will be setup.
msgstr 

#~ msgid Name of your organization:
#~ msgstr Nome da sua organização:

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid 
#~ You don't seem to have an /etc/news/organization file. Usually that 
#~ contains the name of your organization as you want it to appear on the 
#~ Organization line of outgoing articles/mail/patches. Please supply the 
#~ name of your organization as you want it to appear in those places.  (It 
#~ would be useful if this also specifies your location.  Your city name is 
#~ probably sufficient if well known.) For example: .\n
#~University of Southern North Dakota, Hoople
#~ msgstr 
#~ Você não parece ter um arquivo /etc/news/organization. Normalmente, ele 
#~ contém o nome da sua organização da forma que você quer que ele apareça 
#~ na linha Organização de artigos/e-mail/patches enviados. Por favor, 
#~ forneça o nome da sua organização da forma que você quer que ela apareça 
#~ na linha Organização de artigos/patches enviados. (Também é bom que isso 
#~ especifique a sua localização: o nome da sua cidade provavelmente é 
#~ suficiente, se ela for conhecida). Por exemplo:

#~ msgid Type in \--none--\ if you do not want to specify one.
#~ msgstr Escreva \--none--\ se você não quiser especificar uma.

#~ msgidUniversity of Southern North Dakota, Hoople
#~ msgstrUniversidade do Sul da Dakota do Norte, Hoople

fts 0.2-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package fts

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on fts pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, January 10, 2012.

Thanks,

# Debconf translations for fts.
# Copyright (C) 2010 THE fts'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the fts package.
# Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com, 2010.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: fts 0.1-4\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: f...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-04-27 14:29+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-02 13:12-0300\n
Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../fts.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Base directory for the tftp files:
msgid Base directory for the TFTP files:
msgstr Diretório base para os arquivos tftp:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../fts.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| The config directory for tftp is where the pxelinux.0 image lies. This 
#| must be in sync with your TFTP Server
msgid 
Please note that the configuration directory for TFTP is the one that 
usually contains the pxelinux.0 file. It has to be configured to the same 
value that is used by your TFTP server.
msgstr 
O diretório de configuração para o tftp é onde fica a imagem pxelinux.0. 
Isso deve estar em sincronia com o seu Servidor TFTP

zabbix 1:1.8.6-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package zabbix

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on zabbix pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, December 25, 2011.

Thanks,

# zabbix Brazilian Portuguese translation.
# Copyright (C) 2008 THE zabbix's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the zabbix package.
# Cesar Domingos ce...@4linux.com.br, 2008.
# Eder L. Marques e...@edermarques.net, 2009.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: zabbix\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: zab...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-07 17:31+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-17 08:58-0300\n
Last-Translator: Eder L. Marques e...@edermarques.net\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-agent.templates:2001 ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:4001
msgid Zabbix server host address:
msgstr Endereço de máquina do servidor Zabbix:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-agent.templates:2001 ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:4001
msgid 
Please enter the host name or IP address of the Zabbix server you want to 
connect to.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o nome de máquina ou o endereço IP do servidor Zabbix ao 
qual você quer conectar.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:2001
msgid Configure Apache?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Zabbix supports any web server supported by PHP5, however only Apache can 
#| be configured automatically.
msgid 
The Zabbix web frontend runs on any web server that supportes PHP5. However 
only Apache (2.x) can be configured automatically at this point.
msgstr 
O Zabbix suporta qualquer servidor web suportado pelo PHP5, porém apenas o 
Apache pode ser configurado automaticamente.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:2001
msgid 
Please choose whether you want to reconfigure Apache so that the Zabbix web 
frontend is made available at the URL http://.../zabbix;
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Restart the web server(s) now?
msgid Restart Apache now?
msgstr Reiniciar o(s) servidor(es) web agora?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:3001
msgid 
In order to apply the changes needed for Zabbix configuration, the web 
server needs to be restarted.
msgstr 
Para aplicar as mudanças necessárias a configuração do Zabbix, o servidor 
web precisa ser reiniciado.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:3001
msgid 
Please choose whether you prefer doing it automatically now or manually 
later.
msgstr 
Por favor, escolha se você prefere fazer isto automaticamente agora ou 
manualmente depois.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:4001 ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:5001
msgid This is needed for some advanced frontend functionalities.
msgstr Isto é necessário para algumas funcionalidades avançadas da interface.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:5001
msgid Zabbix server port:
msgstr Porta do servidor Zabbix:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:5001
msgid Please enter the port used by the Zabbix server.
msgstr Por favor informe a porta usada pelo servidor Zabbix.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-server-mysql.templates:2001 ../zabbix-server-pgsql.templates:2001
msgid The SQL database must be upgraded manually
msgstr 

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-server-mysql.templates:2001
msgid 
The SQL database used by Zabbix must be upgraded manually using the scripts 
available in /usr/share/doc/zabbix-server-mysql. Zabbix will not work 
properly until the database upgrade is completed.
msgstr 

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../zabbix-server-pgsql.templates:2001
msgid 
The SQL database used by Zabbix must be upgraded manually using the scripts 
available in /usr/share/doc/zabbix-server-pgsql. Zabbix will not work 
properly until the database upgrade is completed.
msgstr 

#~ msgid Web server to reconfigure for Zabbix:
#~ msgstr Servidor web a reconfigurar para o Zabbix:

#~ msgid 
#~ Please select which Apache version you want to configure the Zabbix 
#~ frontend for.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Por favor, selecione que versão do Apache você quer configurar para o 
#~ frontend do Zabbix.

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid 
#~| Please enter the host name or IP address of the Zabbix server you want 
#~| to connect to.
#~ msgid 
#~ 

chkrootkit 0.49-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package chkrootkit

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on chkrootkit pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, December 14, 2011.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: chkrootkit\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: chkroot...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-26 08:06+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-04 00:48-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@cathedrallabs.org\n
Language-Team: l10n portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Would you like to run chkrootkit automatically every day?
msgid Should chkrootkit be run automatically every day?
msgstr Você gostaria de executar o chkrootkit automaticamente todos os dias ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| chkrootkit can be run automatically via cron.daily if you like.  If you 
#| answer yes to this question, you'll also be given the opportunity to 
#| specify options for the daily run.
msgid 
The chkrootkit program can be run automatically via a daily cron job. If you 
choose this option, you'll also be given the opportunity to specify options 
for the daily run.
msgstr 
O chkrootkit pode ser executado automaticamente através do cron.daily caso 
você deseje. Caso você responda afirmativamente a esta pergunta, você terá a 
oportunidade de especificar opções para a execução diária.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Arguments to use with chkrootkit in the daily run:
msgstr 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| The following are useful arguments to pass to chkrookit:\n
#|   * -r root specifies an alternate root directory\n
#|   * -n do not attempt to analyze nfs mounted files\n
#|   * -q run in quiet mode [highly recommended]
msgid 
The following are useful arguments to pass to chkrookit:\n
 -r root: use an alternate root directory;\n
 -n   : do not attempt to analyze NFS-mounted files;\n
 -q   : run in quiet mode [highly recommended].
msgstr 
Os seguintes argumentos são úteis para serem passados ao chkrootkit :\n
  * -r raiz especifica um diretório raiz alternativo\n
  * -n não tenta analisar arquivos montados via nfs\n
  * -q executa em modo silencioso [altamente recomendado]

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Only report problems if they differ from yesterday's problems?
msgid Only report problems if they differ from previous day's problems?
msgstr 
Somente relatar problemas caso os mesmos sejam diferentes dos problemas de 
ontem ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Choosing yes here instructs the cron.daily call of chkrootkit to only 
#| report problems if they differ from the previous day's run.
msgid 
If you choose this option, chkrootkit will only report problems when they 
differ from the previous day's run.
msgstr 
Responder afirmativamente aqui instruirá a chamada cron.daily do chkrootkit 
a somente relatar problemas caso os mesmos sejam diferentes dos problemas 
relatados na execução do dia anterior.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
Using this option is not recommended as it is likely to hide existing 
security problems.
msgstr 

#~ msgid -q
#~ msgstr -q

#~ msgid What arguments would you like to pass to the daily chkrootkit run?
#~ msgstr 
#~ Quais argumentos você gostaria de passar para a execução diária do 
#~ chkrootkit ?

#~ msgid Use this option with care.
#~ msgstr Utilize esta opção com cuidado.

ca-certificates 20110502+nmu2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ca-certificates

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on ca-certificates pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, October 17, 2011.

Thanks,

# Debconf translations for ca-certificates.
# Copyright (C) 2011 THE ca-certificates'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ca-certificates package.
# André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org, 2006.
# Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com, 2011.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ca-certificates 20090814+nmu2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ca-certifica...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-05-02 19:31+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-03-15 16:20-0300\n
Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes adrian...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ca-certificates configuration
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid yes, no, ask
msgstr sim, não, perguntar

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid Trust new certificates from certificate authorities?
msgstr Confiar em novos certificados de autoridades certificadoras?

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid 
This package may install new CA (Certificate Authority) certificates when 
upgrading. You may want to check such new CA certificates and select only 
certificates that you trust.
msgstr 
Este pacote pode instalar novos certificados de CAs (Autoridades 
Certificadoras) ao atualizar. Você pode querer checar esses novos 
certificados de CAs e selecionar somente aqueles certificados nos quais você 
confia.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid 
 - yes: new CA certificates will be trusted and installed;\n
 - no : new CA certificates will not be installed by default;\n
 - ask: prompt for each new CA certificate.
msgstr 
 - sim: novos certificados de CAs serão confiáveis e serão instalados;\n
 - não: novos certificados de CAs não serão instalados por padrão;\n
 - perguntar: pergunta a cada novo certificado de CA.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid New certificates to activate:
msgstr Novos certificados a serem ativados:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
During upgrades, new certificates will be added. Please choose those you 
trust.
msgstr 
Durante as atualizações, novos certificados serão adicionados. Por favor, 
selecione aqueles nos quais você confia.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Certificates to activate:
msgstr Certificados a serem ativados:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid 
This package installs common CA (Certificate Authority) certificates in /usr/
share/ca-certificates.
msgstr 
Este pacote instala certificados de CAs (Autoridades Certificadoras) comuns 
em /usr/share/ca-certificates.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid 
Please select the certificate authorities you trust so that their 
certificates are installed into /etc/ssl/certs. They will be compiled into a 
single /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt file.
msgstr 
Por favor, selecione as autoridades certificadoras que você confia, de modo 
que seus certificados sejam instalados em /etc/ssl/certs. Eles serão 
compilados em um único arquivo /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt.

#~ msgid ${new_crts}
#~ msgstr ${new_certs}

#~ msgid ${enable_crts}
#~ msgstr ${enable_certs}

#~ msgid Select new certificates to activate:
#~ msgstr Selecione os novos certificados a serem ativados:

#~ msgid 
#~ This package installs common CA (Certificate Authority) certificates in /
#~ usr/share/ca-certificates. You can select certs from these available 
#~ certs to be installed into /etc/ssl/certs. This package will make 
#~ symlinks and generate a single file of all your selected certs, /etc/ssl/
#~ certs/ca-certificates.crt.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Este pacote instala certificados de CAs (Autoridades Certificadoras) 
#~ comuns em /usr/share/ca-certificates. Você pode selecionar certificados 
#~ dentre os certificados disponíveis para que os mesmos sejam instalados 
#~ em /etc/ssl/certs. Este pacote irá criar ligações simbólicas e gerar um 
#~ único arquivo com base em todos os seus certificados escolhidos, com o 
#~ nome de /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt.

debian-installer: Please update level 1/sublevel 2 translations

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

After a bunch of reminders for lelve1/Sublevel1, here's another one
for sublevel2.

I told you that I would be nagging you guys..:-)

As explained in the mail I sent a few days ago about sublevel 1, there
is no strict deadlin nor urgency in doing such updatesbut I was
thinking that it's about time to do something. Several of you folks
haven't done a single update since we released squeeze..:-)

As usual, remember that you should have commit access. Sending me
updates is nicebut you are many translators and you have no idea
about the wasted energy in explaining you how to do updates...:-)

So, before you ask: look back to mail exchanges we had in the past.
You very probably can commit to D-I SVN! If you can't, then ask...:-)

Thanks in advance,



pt_BR.po.gz
Description: Binary data

uswsusp 1.0+20110509-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package uswsusp

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on uswsusp pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, July 23, 2011.

Thanks,

# uswsusp Brazilian Portuguese po-debconf Translation
# Copyright (C) 2008 THE uswsusp'S PACKAGE COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the uswsusp package.
# Lucas Amorim lucastrono...@yahoo.com.br, 2008.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: uswsusp\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: usws...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-26 09:54+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-05 11:53-0300\n
Last-Translator: Lucas Amorim lucastrono...@yahoo.com.br\n
Language-Team: l10n portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:2001
msgid Swap space to resume from:
msgstr Espaço de troca (\swap\) a partir do qual resumir:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:2001
msgid 
To be able to suspend the system, uswsusp needs a swap partition or file to 
store a system snapshot. Please choose the device to use, from the list of 
suitable swap spaces, sorted by size (largest first).
msgstr 
Para ser capaz de suspender o sistema, o uswsusp precisa de um arquivo ou 
partição de troca (\swap\) para gravar um \snapshot\ do sistema. Por 
favor, escolha o dispositivo a ser usado, da lista de espaços de troca 
aplicáveis, ordenados por tamanho (o maior primeiro).

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:4001
msgid No suitable swap space for software suspend
msgstr Nenhum espaço de troca foi encontrado para a suspensão de software

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:4001
msgid 
To be able to suspend the system, uswsusp needs a swap partition or file to 
write a system snapshot to. No such space seems to be available for this.
msgstr 
Para ser capaz de suspender o sistema, o uswsusp precisa de um arquivo ou 
partição de troca para gravar um \snapshot\ do sistema. Aparentemente, não 
há tal espaço disponível para isto. 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:4001
msgid 
You should create a swap partition or file, preferably twice the size of the 
system's physical RAM.
msgstr 
Você deve criar um arquivo ou partição de troca, preferivelmente com o dobro 
do tamanho da memória RAM física do sistema.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:4001
msgid 
Then, run 'dpkg-reconfigure uswsusp' or edit the configuration file manually.
msgstr 
Então, execute 'dpkg-reconfigure uswsusp' ou edite o arquivo de configuração 
manualmente.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:5001
msgid No userspace software suspend support in the kernel
msgstr 
Não há suporte no kernel para suspender via sofware em espaço de usuário.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:5001
msgid 
The current kernel doesn't support userspace software suspend. Please 
recompile the kernel with the 'CONFIG_HIBERNATION=y' option.
msgstr 
O kernel atual não suporta suspender via software em espaço de usuário. Por 
favor, recompile o kernel com a opção 'CONFIG_HIBERNATION=y'.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:6001
msgid Continue without a valid swap space?
msgstr Continuar sem um espaço de troca válido?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:6001
msgid 
The swap file or partition that was found in uswsusp's configuration file is 
not active.
msgstr 
O arquivo ou partição de troca que foi encontrado no arquivo de configuração 
do uswsusp não está ativo.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:6001
msgid 
In most cases this means userspace software suspend will not work as 
expected. You should choose another swap space.
msgstr 
Na maioria dos casos isto significa que suspender via sofware em espaço de 
usuário não funcionará com esperado. Você deve escolher outro espaço de 
troca.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:6001
msgid However, in some rare cases, this configuration may be intentional.
msgstr 
Por outro lado, em alguns casos, esta configuração pode ser intencional.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:7001
msgid The device node through which uswsusp can talk to the kernel:
msgstr 
O nó de dispositivo através do qual o uswsusp pode se comunicar com o kernel:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../uswsusp.templates:7001
msgid 
If this is empty, the hardcoded default, /dev/snapshot, is used. This should 
be OK in almost all cases. Don't change this unless there is a good reason 
to do so.
msgstr 
Se deixar em branco, 

grub2 1.99-5: Please update debconf PO translation for the package grub2

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
grub2. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against grub2.

There is no strong deadline for receiving the updated translation. The
package will have several updates until wheezy is released but, well,
the earlier the better!

Thanks in advance,

# grub2 Brazilian Portuguese translation
# Copyright (C) 2009 THE grub2'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the grub2 package.
# Flamarion Jorge jorge.flamar...@gmail.com, 2009, 2010, 2011.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: grub2 1.98\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gr...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-05-27 13:33+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-15 10:59-0200\n
Last-Translator: Flamarion Jorge jorge.flamar...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n  1);\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid Chainload from menu.lst?
msgstr Carregar em cadeia a partir do menu.lst?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid GRUB upgrade scripts have detected a GRUB Legacy setup in /boot/grub.
msgstr 
Os scripts de atualização do GRUB detectaram uma configuração do GRUB Legado 
em /boot/grub.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid 
In order to replace the Legacy version of GRUB in your system, it is 
recommended that /boot/grub/menu.lst is adjusted to load a GRUB 2 boot image 
from your existing GRUB Legacy setup. This step can be automatically 
performed now.
msgstr 
A fim de substituir a versão Legada do GRUB no seu sistema, é recomendável 
que o /boot/grub/menu.lst seja ajustado para carregar uma imagem do GRUB 2 a 
partir da sua configuração existente do GRUB Legado. Este passo pode ser 
executado automaticamente agora.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid 
It's recommended that you accept chainloading GRUB 2 from menu.lst, and 
verify that the new GRUB 2 setup works before it is written to the MBR 
(Master Boot Record).
msgstr 
É recomendado que você aceite o carregamento em cadeia do GRUB 2 a partir do 
menu.lst, e verifique que sua nova configuração do GRUB 2 está funcional, 
antes de gravá-lo na MBR (\Master Boot Record\).

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid 
Whatever your decision, you can replace the old MBR image with GRUB 2 later 
by issuing the following command as root:
msgstr 
Seja qual for sua decisão, você pode substituir a antiga imagem da MBR com o 
GRUB 2 mais tarde executando o seguinte comando como root:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001
msgid GRUB install devices:
msgstr Instalar o GRUB nos dispositivos:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001
msgid 
The grub-pc package is being upgraded. This menu allows you to select which 
devices you'd like grub-install to be automatically run for, if any.
msgstr 
O pacote grub-pc está sendo atualizado. Este menu permite a você selecionar 
em quais dispositivos você quer que seja executado automaticamente o grub-
install, se houver algum.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001
msgid 
Running grub-install automatically is recommended in most situations, to 
prevent the installed GRUB core image from getting out of sync with GRUB 
modules or grub.cfg.
msgstr 
Executar o grub-install automaticamente é recomendado na maioria das 
situações para prevenir que a imagem principal instalada do GRUB saia de 
sincronia com os módulos do GRUB ou com o grub.cfg.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001
msgid 
If you're unsure which drive is designated as boot drive by your BIOS, it is 
often a good idea to install GRUB to all of them.
msgstr 
Se você não tiver certeza de qual unidade é designada como unidade de 
inicialização pela sua BIOS, muitas vezes é uma boa ideia instalar o GRUB em 
todas elas.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001
msgid 
Note: it is possible to install GRUB to partition boot records as well, and 
some appropriate partitions are offered here. However, this forces GRUB to 
use the blocklist mechanism, which makes it less reliable, and therefore is 
not recommended.
msgstr 
Nota: é possível instalar o GRUB em registros de inicialização de partições, 
e algumas partições apropriadas para isso são oferecidas aqui. No 

zope-common 0.5.50+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package zope-common

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on zope-common pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, April 19, 2011.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: zope\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: pkg-zope-develop...@lists.alioth.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-23 08:07+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-30 12:14-0300\n
Last-Translator: Tiago Bortoletto Vaz ti...@debian-ba.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid configuring
msgstr configurando

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid end
msgstr final

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid manually
msgstr manualmente

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid Automatic restart of Zope instances:
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Zope has an extensible, modular structure that allows you to easily add 
#| extra components (products) or features. Each product or feature can 
#| usually be found in packages whose name starts with a 'zope-' prefix. 
#| Unfortunately, each Zope instance needs to be restarted to use any new 
#| add-on. Here you can choose the default behaviour of Zope instances in 
#| any installed Zope version when Zope needs to be restarted. Each 
#| instance, however, is allowed to overwrite this setting:
msgid 
Zope offers an extensible, modular structure that allows for the easy 
addition of extra components (products) or features. These are provided as 
packages with names that start with a 'zope-' prefix. Each Zope instance 
needs to be restarted to use any new add-on.
msgstr 
O Zope tem uma estrutura extensível e modular que permite que você adicione 
facilmente componentes (products) ou extensões (features). Cada componente 
ou extensão podem geralmente ser encontrados em pacotes em que seus nomes 
começam com um prefixo '-zope'. Infezlimente, cada instância Zope precisa 
ser reiniciada para utilizar qualquer novo recurso (add-on). Aqui você pode 
escolher o comportamento padrão das instâncias Zope em qualquer versão do 
Zope instalada quando o Zope precisar ser reiniciado.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid 
Please choose the default behavior of Zope instances when Zope needs to be 
restarted:
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#|  * configuring: restart instances after each product configuration.\n
#|  * end: restart instances only once at the end of the whole\n
#| installation/upgrading process.\n
#|  * manually:no restart, it is your responsibility to restart\n
#| Zope instances.
msgid 
 - configuring: restart instances after each product configuration;\n
 - end: restart instances only once at the end of the whole\n
installation/upgrading process;\n
 - manually:no automated restart.
msgstr 
 * configurando: reinicia as instâncias após cada configuração de\n
 um novo componente ou extensão.\n
 * final:reinicia as instâncias somente no final de todo o\n
 processo de instalação/configuração.\n
 * manualmente:  não reinicia, a responsabilidade de reiniciar as\n
 as instâncias do Zope é sua.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid abort
msgstr abortar

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid remove and continue
msgstr remover e continuar

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
#, fuzzy
msgid Action on old/incomplete zope instance '${instance}':
msgstr Encontrada instância antiga/incompleta '${instance}'

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid 
An old/incomplete ${instance} instance was found in /var/lib/zope${zver}/
instance/${instance}, with no Data.fs file. This installation is either 
incomplete or incompletely removed.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid Choosing 'abort' will allow you to inspect the state of the instance.

x-ttcidfont-conf 32+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package x-ttcidfont-conf

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on x-ttcidfont-conf pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, April 15, 2011.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: x-ttcidfont-conf\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: x-ttcidfont-c...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-06-08 04:09+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-27 15:29-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Backend to use for TrueType handling on X:
msgstr Backend usando para o gerenciamento de fontes TrueType sob o X :

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Two backends can handle TrueType fonts: FreeType and X-TT.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
The standard FreeType has simple features, while X-TT offers a TrueType 
fonts decoration mechanism that can create bold and oblique faces from a 
single font.
msgstr 
O XFree86 4.x possui dois backends para gerenciar fontes TrueType : o 
FreeType e o X-TT. O FreeType é um backend padrão e simples e o X-TT é um 
backend alternativo, o qual possui um mecanismo de decoração de fontes 
TrueType que pode criar faces em negrito e inclinadas a partir de uma única 
fonte.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid If in doubt, you should choose FreeType.
msgstr Caso não tenha certeza, selecione FreeType.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Prefer speed over quality while rendering?
msgstr Preferir velocidade ao invés de qualidade na renderização ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid There are two ways for X-TT to calculate the font metrics:
msgstr Existem duas formas do XTT calcular a medida das fontes :

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
 - user header info:  fast and lightweight but fallible;\n
 - calculate every glyph: slow and heavyweight but reliable.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
With a fast CPU and enough memory, you should decline this option and X-TT 
will calculate every glyph.
msgstr 

#~ msgid FontPath of TrueType and CID managed by defoma is changed
#~ msgstr O FontPath de fontes TrueType e CID gerenciadas pelo defoma mudou

#~ msgid 
#~ TrueType and CID font paths which defoma manages have changed again. 
#~ Please add these entries to the \Files\ section of /etc/X11/xorg.conf:
#~ msgstr 
#~ Os caminhos para fontes TrueType e CID, os quais são gerenciados pelo 
#~ defoma, mudaram novamente. Por favor, adicione estas entradas a seção 
#~ \Files\ do arquivo /etc/X11/xorg.conf : 

#~ msgid 
#~   FontPath \/var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/CID\\n
#~   FontPath \/var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/TrueType\
#~ msgstr 
#~   FontPath \/var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/CID\\n
#~   FontPath \/var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/TrueType\

#~ msgid 
#~ Also add these two directories to the \catalogue\ path lists in /etc/
#~ X11/fs/config and/or /etc/X11/fs-xtt/config, and delete any mention of /
#~ usr/lib/X11/fonts/CID in any of these files.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Adicione também estes dois diretórios às listas de caminhos \catalogue\ 
#~ em /etc/X11/fs/config e/ou /etc/X11/fs-xtt/config e remova qualquer 
#~ menção do diretório /usr/lib/X11/fonts/CID em ambos os arquivos.

#~ msgid 
#~  1) use header info; fast, lazy, possible miscalculation(?).\n
#~  2) calculate every glyph; slow, need highspeed CPU and much memory.
#~ msgstr 
#~  1) usar as informações do cabeçalho; rápido, malandro e possivelmente 
#~ errado(?).\n
#~  2) calcular cada glyph, lento, precisa de mais poder de CPU e de muita 
#~ memória.

#~ msgid 
#~ If you have a relatively fast CPU and plenty of available memory, you 
#~ should go for (2) and decline this option. If your computer's resources 
#~ are limited, you should go for the first solution and select this option.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Caso você possua uma CPU rápida e uma 

localepurge 0.6.2+nmu2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package localepurge

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on localepurge pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, April 10, 2011.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: localepurge\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: psee...@debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-05 21:45+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-06 16:54-0300\n
Last-Translator: Tiago Bortoletto Vaz ti...@debian-ba.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:1001
msgid Selecting locale files
msgstr Selecionando arquivos de locale

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:1001
msgid 
localepurge will remove all locale files from your system but the ones for 
the language codes you select now. Usually two character locales like \de\ 
or \pt\ rather than \de_DE\ or \pt_BR\ contain the major portion of 
localizations. So please select both for best support of your national 
language settings.  The entries from /etc/locale.gen will be preselected if 
no prior configuration has been successfully completed.
msgstr 
O localepurge irá remover todos os arquivos de locale do seu sistema exceto 
os que você selecionar agora. Normalmente, locales de dois caracteres como 
\de\ ou \pt\ ao invés de \de_DE\ ou \pt_BR\ contém a maior parte das 
localizações. Então, por favor, selecione ambos para um melhor suporte das 
configurações do seu idioma nacional.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:2001
msgid Really remove all locales?
msgstr Realmente remover todos os locales?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:2001
msgid 
You chose not to keep any locales. This means that all locales will be 
removed from your system. Are you sure this really is what you want?
msgstr 
Você não selecionou nenhum locale a ser mantido. Isso significa que todos os 
locales serão removidos do sistema. Você tem certeza de que é isso mesmo que 
deseja fazer ?

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:3001
msgid localepurge will not take any action
msgstr O localepurge não executará nenhuma ação

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:3001
msgid 
localepurge will not be useful until you successfully configure it with the 
command \dpkg-reconfigure localepurge\. The configured entries from /etc/
locale.gen of the locales package will then be automagically preselected.
msgstr 
O localepurge não será útil até que você refaça sua configuração com o 
comando \dpkg-reconfigure localepurge\ com sucesso. As entradas 
configuradas de /etc/locale.gen do pacote locales serão então 
\automagicamente\ pré-selecionadas.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:4001
msgid Also delete localized man pages?
msgstr Remover também páginas de manuais traduzidas?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:4001
msgid 
Based on the same locale information you chose above, localepurge can also 
delete superfluous localized man pages.
msgstr 
O localepurge pode ser configurado para também remover as páginas de manual 
(manpages) traduzidas com base nas mesmas informações que você forneceu para 
os arquivos de locale.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:5001
msgid Inform about new locales?
msgstr Informar sobre novos locales ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../localepurge.templates:5001
msgid 
If you are content with the selection of locales you chose to keep and don't 
want to care about whether to delete or keep newly found locales, just 
deselect this option to automatically remove new locales you probably 
wouldn't care about anyway. If you select this option, you will be given the 
opportunity to decide whether to keep or delete newly introduced locales.
msgstr 
Caso você esteja satisfeito com a seleção de locales que você escolheu para 
serem mantidos e não queira se preocupar em remover ou manter novos locales 
encontrados, simplesmente remova a seleção desta opção para remover 
automaticamente novos locales com os 

atftp 0.7.dfsg-9.4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package atftp

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on atftp pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, April 06, 2011.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: atftp\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldro...@debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-26 14:07-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:1001
msgid Should the server be started by inetd?
msgstr O servidor deve ser iniciado pelo inetd ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:1001
msgid 
atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle 
incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high 
usage server.
msgstr 
O atftpd pode ser iniciado pelo superservidor inetd ou como um daemon e 
gerenciar conexões de entrada por si próprio. A última opção é recomendada 
somente para servidores com uma taxa de utilização bem alta.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:2001
msgid Server timeout:
msgstr Timeout do servidor :

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:2001
msgid How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting.
msgstr Quantos segundos a thread principal deve aguardar antes de finalizar.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:3001
msgid Retry timeout:
msgstr Timeout de nova tentativa :

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:3001
msgid How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet.
msgstr 
Quantos segundos aguardar por uma resposta antes de retransmitir um pacote.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:4001
msgid Maximum number of threads:
msgstr Número máximo de threads :

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:4001
msgid Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running.
msgstr Número máximo de threads concorrentes que podem estar em execução.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:5001
msgid Verbosity level:
msgstr Nível de verbosidade :

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:5001
msgid 
Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only 
the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value.
msgstr 
Nível de logging. O nível 7 loga tudo incluíndo logs de depuração. O nível 1 
irá logar somente logs críticos do sistema. O nível 5 (LOG_NOTICE) é o valor 
padrão.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:6001
msgid Enable 'timeout' support?
msgstr Habilitar suporte a 'timeout' ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:7001
msgid Enable 'tsize' support?
msgstr Habilitar suporte a 'tsize' ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:8001
msgid Enable 'block size' support?
msgstr Habilitar suporte a 'tamanho de bloco' ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:9001
msgid Enable multicast support?
msgstr Habilitar suporte a multicast ?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
msgid TTL for multicast packets:
msgstr TTL para pacotes multicast

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:11001
msgid Port to listen for tftp request:
msgstr Porta na qual ouvir por requisições tftp :

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:12001
msgid Port range for multicast file transfer:
msgstr Faixa de portas para transferência de arquivos multicast :

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:12001
msgid 
Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, 
\2000-2003, 3000\ allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000.
msgstr 
Transferências multicast utilizarão quaisquer portas em um dado conjunto. 
Por exemplo, \2000-2003, 3000\ permitirão ao atftpd utilizar as portas 
2000 até 2003 e a porta 3000.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../atftpd.templates:13001
msgid Address range for multicast transfer:
msgstr Faixa de portas para transferências multicast 

Re: Bug#620013: netenv: [INTL:pt_BR] Brazilian Portuguese debconf templates

[Christian PERRIER]

Quoting Flamarion Jorge (flamarili...@yahoo.com.br):
 -BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-
 Hash: SHA256
 
 Package: netenv
 Tags: l10n patch
 Severity: wishlist
 
 Hello,
 
 Please, could you update the Brazilian Portuguese Translation?
 
 Attached you will find the file pt_BR.po. It is UTF-8 encoded and it is
 tested with msgfmt and podebconf-display-po.


...but not in sync with the current POT file..:-)

Resyncing gives one fuzzy, which is however trivial to fix. Fixed file
attached.




pt_BR.po
Description: application/gettext


signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

netenv 0.94.3-24.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package netenv

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on netenv pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, April 01, 2011.

Thanks,

# Debconf translations for netenv.
# Copyright (C) 2011 THE netenv'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the netenv package.
# Flamarion Jorge jorge.flamar...@gmail.com, 2011.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: 0.94.3-27\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ar...@debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-17 14:34+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-03-17 00:23-0300\n
Last-Translator: Flamarion Jorge jorge.flamar...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Upon upgrade, ask again to renew configuration?
msgstr Na atualização, perguntar novamente pela renovação da configuração?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
You've answered that you want to keep your current configuration this time. 
Because the automatic configuration may get new features, you will be asked 
the question again when you upgrade netenv the next time.
msgstr 
Você respondeu que deseja manter sua configuração atual nesse momento. Como 
a configuração automática poder trazer novas funcionalidades, essa pergunta 
será feita a você novamente na próxima vez que atualizar o netenv.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
If, however, you want debconf to remember your decision and never touch your 
configuration, you can specify that now, by not choosing this option.
msgstr 
Se, no entanto, você desejar que o debconf memorize sua decisão e nunca mais 
toque na sua configuração, você pode especificar isso agora, não escolhendo 
essa opção.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Keep existing configuration?
msgstr Manter configuração existente?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
It appears that you already have configured netenv for ${NODE}. Now you can 
select whether you want to keep the actual configuration or whether netenv 
setup should create a new one, overriding the old file.
msgstr 
Parece que você já configurou o netenv para ${NODE}. Agora você pode 
selecionar se quer manter a configuração atual ou se o configurador do 
netenv deve criar uma nova, sobrescrevendo o arquivo antigo.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Not configuring netenv: No parseable configuration found
msgstr Não configurar o netenv: Nenhuma configuração analisável encontrada

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
The netenv package has tried to set up one network environment based on your 
current network settings. However, it didn't find a configuration that it 
understands - neither in /etc/network/interfaces, nor in /etc/pcmcia/network.
opts.
msgstr 
O pacote netenv tentou configurar um ambiente de rede baseado nas suas 
configurações atuais de rede. Entretanto, ele não encontrou uma configuração 
que ele entendesse - nem em /etc/network/interfaces, nem em /etc/pcmcia/
network.opts.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001 ../templates:4001
msgid netenv will be disabled. Please refer to the documentation.
msgstr O netenv será desabilitado. Por favor consulte a documentação.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Not configuring netenv: Duplicate configuration found
msgstr Não configurar o netenv: configuração duplicada encontrada

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
The netenv package has tried to set up one network environment based on your 
current network settings. However, it found configuration data at two 
places, /etc/network/interfaces and /etc/pcmcia/network.opts. Both 
configuration variants have to be treated differently by netenv, but the 
installation script cannot decide.
msgstr 
O pacote netenv tentou configurar um ambiente de rede baseado nas suas 
configurações atuais de rede. Entretanto, ele achou dados de configuração em 
dois lugares, /etc/network/interfaces e /etc/pcmcia/network.opts. Ambas 
variações de configuração devem ser tratadas diferentemente pelo netenv, mas 
o script de instalação não pode decidir.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Use current settings
msgid Use current settings, Disable for now
msgstr Usar as configurações atuais

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:5002
msgid Configuration options:
msgstr Opções de configuração:

# This paragraph has lost its meaning when translated to 

ca-certificates 20090814+nmu3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ca-certificates

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on ca-certificates pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, March 17, 2011.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ca-certificates\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ca-certifica...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-06-16 17:02+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-19 21:01-0200\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid yes, no, ask
msgstr sim, não, perguntar

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Trust new CAs certificates?
msgid Trust new certificates from certificate authorities?
msgstr Confiar em novos certificados de CAs ?

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| This package may install new CA (Certificate Authority) certificates when 
#| upgrading.  You may want to check such new CA certificates and select 
#| only certificates that you trust.
msgid 
This package may install new CA (Certificate Authority) certificates when 
upgrading. You may want to check such new CA certificates and select only 
certificates that you trust.
msgstr 
Este pacote pode instalar novos certificados de CAs (Autoridades 
Certificadoras) em atualizações futuras. Você pode checar esses novos 
certificados de CAs e selecionar somente aqueles certificados nos quais você 
confia.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#|  - \yes\, new CA certificates will be trusted and installed.\n
#|  - \no\, new CA certificates will not be installed by default.\n
#|  - \ask\, Ask if you trust each new CA certificates, or not.
msgid 
 - yes: new CA certificates will be trusted and installed;\n
 - no : new CA certificates will not be installed by default;\n
 - ask: prompt for each new CA certificate.
msgstr 
 - 'sim', novos certificados de CAs serão confiáveis e serão instalados.\n
 - 'não', novos certificados de CAs nao serão instalados por padrão.\n
 - 'perguntar', Pergunta se você confia em cada novo certificados de CA.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Select certificates to activate:
msgid New certificates to activate:
msgstr Selecione os certificados a serem ativados:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| During the upgrade, these new certificates will be added. Do you trust 
#| them and want them installed into /etc/ssl/certs?
msgid 
During upgrades, new certificates will be added. Please choose those you 
trust.
msgstr 
Durante a atualização, estes novos certificados serão adicionados. Você 
confia neles e quer que os mesmos sejam instalados em /etc/ssl/certs ?

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Select certificates to activate:
msgid Certificates to activate:
msgstr Selecione os certificados a serem ativados:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| This package may install new CA (Certificate Authority) certificates when 
#| upgrading.  You may want to check such new CA certificates and select 
#| only certificates that you trust.
msgid 
This package installs common CA (Certificate Authority) certificates in /usr/
share/ca-certificates.
msgstr 
Este pacote pode instalar novos certificados de CAs (Autoridades 
Certificadoras) em atualizações futuras. Você pode checar esses novos 
certificados de CAs e selecionar somente aqueles certificados nos quais você 
confia.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
Please select the certificate authorities you trust so that their 
certificates are installed into /etc/ssl/certs. They will be compiled into a 
single /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt file.
msgstr 

#~ msgid ${new_crts}
#~ msgstr ${new_certs}

#~ msgid ${enable_crts}
#~ msgstr ${enable_certs}

#~ msgid Select new certificates to activate:
#~ msgstr Selecione os novos certificados a serem ativados:

#~ msgid 
#~ This 

nis 3.17-31.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nis

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on nis pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, March 15, 2011.

Thanks,

# nis Brazilian Portuguese po-debconf translation
# Copyright (C) 2007 THE nis PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nis package.
# Jefferson Alexandre dos Santos jefferson.alexan...@gmail.com, 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: nis\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-03 15:43+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-06 00:30-0300\n
Last-Translator: Jefferson Alexandre dos Santos jefferson.alexandre@gmail.
com\n
Language-Team:  l10n portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Enter your NIS domain
msgid NIS domain:
msgstr Informe seu domínio NIS

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Translators, it is recommended to keep domainname which is a
#. technical term in NIS. If you insist on translating, you can do
#. things such as:
#. 'nom de domaine (domainname)' (for a French translation)
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| You now need to choose a NIS domainname for your system. If you want this 
#| machine to just be a client, enter the NIS domainname of your network. 
#| Otherwise choose an appropriate NIS domainname.
msgid 
Please choose the NIS \domainname\ for this system. If you want this 
machine to just be a client, you should enter the name of the NIS domain you 
wish to join.
msgstr 
Você precisa escolher um nome de domínio NIS para o seu sistema. Se você 
deseja que esta máquina seja apenas um cliente, informe o nome do domínio 
NIS da sua rede. Caso contrário, escolha um nome de domínio NIS apropriado.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Translators, it is recommended to keep domainname which is a
#. technical term in NIS. If you insist on translating, you can do
#. things such as:
#. 'nom de domaine (domainname)' (for a French translation)
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Alternatively, if this machine is to be a NIS server, you can either enter a 
new NIS \domainname\ or the name of an existing NIS domain.
msgstr 

#~ msgid Your system needs more configuration
#~ msgstr Seu sistema precisa de mais configurações

#~ msgid 
#~ Your system has not yet been completely configured as a NIS client - you 
#~ need to setup /etc/nsswitch.conf and/or /etc/passwd and /etc/group. 
#~ Please read /usr/share/doc/nis/nis.debian.howto.gz to find out how.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Seu sistema ainda não está completamente configurado como um cliente NIS 
#~ - você precisa configurar /etc/nsswitch.conf e/ou /etc/passwd e /etc/
#~ group. Por favor, leia /usr/share/doc/nis/nis.debian.howto.gz para 
#~ descobrir como.

[BTS#605288] po-debconf://tripwire/pt_BR.po

[Christian Perrier]

Correcting error that confuses the robot


--
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-l10n-portuguese-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org
Archive: http://lists.debian.org/4cf35499.1050...@debian.org

Re: Bug#603977: console-setup: [INTL:pt_BR] Brazilian Portuguese debconf templates translation

[Christian PERRIER]

Quoting Adriano Rafael Gomes (adrian...@gmail.com):
 Package: console-setup
 Tags: l10n patch
 Severity: wishlist
 
 Hello,
 
 Please, Could you update the Brazilian Portuguese
 Translation?
 
 Attached you will find the file pt_BR.po. It is UTF-8
 encoded and it is tested with msgfmt and
 podebconf-display-po.


A (n uncoordinated) last minute change since my call for
translation...:-(

As a consequence, you've got one fuzzy string. See attached file.

Could you send the fixed file back to this bug report, please?




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Urgent: update D-I translation

[Christian PERRIER]

Felipe, 

Completing the D-I translation now becomes somehow urgent.

Do you think you can take time for thisor handle this to someone
else in the pt_BR team?


-- 




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Urgent: please update console-setup translation for Debian Installer release

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

Last minute changes to console-setup brought again more strings to
translate. These changes are part of important fixes to make the
choice of keyboard map more inline with X keymap choice.

They explain why you receive a notice for console-setup a second time.

In this attempt, translations from console-data have been re-used.

Still, the translation for your language is still incomplete.

These strings will beincluded in Debian Installer though they are
currently dealt separately from the main D-I files.

Please send your update as soon as possible, preferrably before
November 25th. Is you send it earlier, it is even better.

Many thanks in advance...


# translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Andre Luis Lopes andre...@debian.org, 2007.
# Eder L. Marques (frolic) fro...@debian-ce.org, 2008.
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2008-2010.
# Dennis Fernandes Vieira dfvie...@msn.com, 2010.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: console-se...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-16 00:58+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-19 13:35-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portugu...@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl2:
#: ../console-setup.templates:2001
msgid Do not change the boot/kernel font
msgstr Não mude a fonte do kernel/inicialização

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid . Arabic
msgstr . Árabe

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Armenian
msgstr # Armênio

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Cyrillic - KOI8-R and KOI8-U
msgstr # Cirílico - KOI8-R e KOI8-U

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Cyrillic - non-Slavic languages
msgstr # Cirílico - línguas não-eslavas

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Cyrillic - Slavic languages (also Bosnian and Serbian Latin)
msgstr # Cirílico - Línguas eslavas (também Bósnio e Sérvio Latim)

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid . Ethiopic
msgstr . Etíope

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Georgian
msgstr # Georgiano

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Greek
msgstr # Grego

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Hebrew
msgstr # Hebraico

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Lao
msgstr # Laociano

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Latin1 and Latin5 - western Europe and Turkic languages
msgstr # Latin1 e Latin5 - Europa ocidental e línguas Turcas

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Latin2 - central Europe and Romanian
msgstr # Latin2 - Europa central e Romeno

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Latin3 and Latin8 - Chichewa; Esperanto; Irish; Maltese and Welsh
msgstr # Latin3 e Latin8 - Chichewa; Esperanto; Irlandês; Maltês e Galês

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Latin7 - Lithuanian; Latvian; Maori and Marshallese
msgstr # Latin7 - Lituano; Letão; Maori e Marshallese

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid . Latin - Vietnamese
msgstr . Latino - Vietnamita

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Thai
msgstr # Tailandês

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Hebrew; basic Arabic
msgstr . Combinado - Latino; Eslavo Cirílico; Hebraico; Árabe básico

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Greek
msgstr . Combinado - Latino; Eslavo Cirílico; Grego

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic and non-Slavic Cyrillic
msgstr . Combinado - Latino; Eslavo e não-Eslavo Cirílico

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3002
msgid Character set to support:
msgstr Conjunto de caracteres suportados:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3002
msgid 
Please choose the character set that should be supported by the console font.
msgstr 
Por favor, escolha o conjunto de caracteres que deverá ser suportado pela 
fonte do console:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3002
msgid 
If you don't use a framebuffer, the choices that start with \.\ 

Re: Install Manual

[Christian PERRIER]

Quoting Daniel Takashi (daniel.taka...@gmail.com):
 brazillian portugese
 
 On Sat, 2010-11-13 at 08:07 +0100, Christian PERRIER wrote:
  Quoting Daniel Takashi (daniel.taka...@gmail.com):
   I would like to help with translations.
   How do I proceed? Wish some guidance.
  
  
  What language do you intend to work on?
  
  (cc'ing you as I don't know if you're subscribed to the list. No need
  to CC me as I am subscribed)
  


I would recommend joining the mailing list for Brazilian Portuguese
translations.

Being subscribed to debian-boot could also be a good idea.

CC'ing Felipe Augusto van de Wiel and the list so that you guys can
talk together. Felipe is the person who is|was translatins the
installation guide up to now (IIRC). But, as he's overloaded with
things, I think that some help would be welcomed.



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-l10n-portuguese-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org
Archive: 
http://lists.debian.org/20101114074718.gd18...@mykerinos.kheops.frmug.org

openldap 2.4.23-6.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package openldap

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on openldap pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, November 18, 2010.

Thanks,

# openldap Brazilian Portuguese translation
# Copyright (C) 2007 THE openldap'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the openldap package.
# André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org, 2003-2006.
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2007.
# Steve Langasek vor...@debian.org, 2008.
# Eder L. Marques (frolic) fro...@debian-ce.org, 2008.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: openldap 2.4.7-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: openl...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-15 22:05+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-08 10:00-0300\n
Last-Translator: Eder L. Marques (frolic) fro...@debian-ce.org\n
Language-Team: l10n Portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n
Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n  1);\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:1001
msgid Omit OpenLDAP server configuration?
msgstr Omitir a configuração do servidor OpenLDAP?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:1001
msgid 
If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be 
created for you.
msgstr 
Se você habilitar esta opção, nenhuma configuração inicial ou base de dados 
será criada para você.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:2001
msgid always
msgstr sempre

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:2001
msgid when needed
msgstr quando necessário

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:2001
msgid never
msgstr nunca

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:2002
msgid Dump databases to file on upgrade:
msgstr Descarregar as bases de dados para arquivos na atualização:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:2002
msgid 
Before upgrading to a new version of the OpenLDAP server, the data from your 
LDAP directories can be dumped into plain text files in the standard LDAP 
Data Interchange Format.
msgstr 
Antes de atualizar para uma nova versão do servidor OpenLDAP os dados dos 
seus diretórios LDAP podem ser descarregados em arquivos texto plano no 
formato padrão \LDAP Interchange Format\ (Formato de Intercâmbio LDAP).

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:2002
msgid 
Selecting \always\ will cause the databases to be dumped unconditionally 
before an upgrade. Selecting \when needed\ will only dump the database if 
the new version is incompatible with the old database format and it needs to 
be reimported. If you select \never\, no dump will be done.
msgstr 
Selecionar \sempre\ fará com que as bases de dados sejam descarregadas 
incondicionalmente antes de atualizar. Selecionando \quando necessário\ só 
descarregará a base de dados se a nova versão for incompatível com o formato 
da antiga base de dados e tiver que ser importada novamente. Se você 
escolher \nunca\, nenhum descarregamento será feito.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid Directory to use for dumped databases:
msgstr Diretório para descarregar suas bases de dados:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid 
Please specify the directory where the LDAP databases will be exported. In 
this directory, several LDIF files will be created which correspond to the 
search bases located on the server. Make sure you have enough free space on 
the partition where the directory is located. The first occurrence of the 
string \VERSION\ is replaced with the server version you are upgrading 
from.
msgstr 
Por favor, especifique o diretório onde as bases LDAP serão exportadas. 
Nesse diretório vários arquivos LDIF serão criados correspondendo às bases 
de procura localizadas no servidor. Tenha certeza de ter espaço livre 
suficiente na partição onde este diretório está localizado. A primeira 
ocorrência da string \VERSION\ é substituída com a versão do servidor a 
partir da qual você está atualizando.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:4001
msgid Move old database?
msgstr Mover a base de dados antiga?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:4001
msgid 
There are still files in /var/lib/ldap which will probably break the 
configuration process. If you enable this option, the maintainer scripts 
will move the old database files out of the way before creating a new 
database.
msgstr 
Ainda há arquivos em /var/lib/ldap que provavelmente quebrarão o processo de 
configuração. Se você habilitar esta opção, os scripts de manutenção irão 
mover 

strongswan 4.4.1-5.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package strongswan

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on strongswan pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, November 16, 2010.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: openswan\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: strongs...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-08-09 12:15+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-24 21:53-0200\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:2001
msgid Old runlevel management superseded
msgstr 

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:2001
msgid 
Previous versions of the strongSwan package gave a choice between three 
different Start/Stop-Levels. Due to changes in the standard system startup 
procedure, this is no longer necessary or useful. For all new installations 
as well as old ones running in any of the predefined modes, sane default 
levels will now be set. If you are upgrading from a previous version and 
changed your strongSwan startup parameters, then please take a look at NEWS.
Debian for instructions on how to modify your setup accordingly.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid Restart strongSwan now?
msgstr Você deseja reiniciar o Openswan ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Restarting strongSwan is recommended, since if there is a security fix, it 
will not be applied until the daemon restarts. Most people expect the daemon 
to restart, so this is generally a good idea. However, this might take down 
existing connections and then bring them back up, so if you are using such 
a strongSwan tunnel to connect for this update, restarting is not 
recommended.
msgstr 
Reiniciar o Openswan é uma boa idéia, uma vez que caso exista um correção 
para uma falha de segurança, o mesmo não será corrigido até que o daemon 
seja reiniciado. A maioria das pessoas esperam que o daemon seja reiniciado, 
portanto essa é geralmente uma boa idéia. Porém, reiniciar o Openswan pode 
derrubar conexões existentes, mas posteriormente trazê-las de volta.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:4001
msgid Start strongSwan's IKEv1 daemon?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:4001
msgid 
The pluto daemon must be running to support version 1 of the Internet Key 
Exchange protocol.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:5001
msgid Start strongSwan's IKEv2 daemon?
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:5001
msgid 
The charon daemon must be running to support version 2 of the Internet Key 
Exchange protocol.
msgstr 

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
msgid Use an X.509 certificate for this host?
msgstr 
Você possui um arquivo de certificado X509 existente que você gostaria de 
usar com o Openswan ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../strongswan-starter.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| This installer can automatically create a RSA public/private keypair for 
#| this host. This keypair can be used to authenticate IPSec connections to 
#| other hosts and is the preferred way for building up secure IPSec 
#| connections. The other possibility would be to use shared secrets 
#| (passwords that are the same on both sides of the tunnel) for 
#| authenticating an connection, but for a larger number of connections RSA 
#| authentication is easier to administer and more secure.
msgid 
An X.509 certificate for this host can be automatically created or imported. 
It can be used to authenticate IPsec connections to other hosts and is the 
preferred way of building up secure IPsec connections. The other possibility 
would be to use shared secrets (passwords that are the same on both sides of 
the tunnel) for authenticating a connection, but for a larger number of 
connections, key based authentication is 

Needed update for console-setup debconf translations (for Debian Installer)

[Christian Perrier]

Dear translator and translation team,

The console-setup package translation is normally included in
so-called Debian Installer level 1 translations.

However, it was recently discovered that some of its localizable
material was unfortunately not included in strings to translate.

Instead of reincluding it blindly (and then mess completely Debian
Installer localization statistics very late in the release process), I
decided to deal with these updates separately.

Please update the attached translation as soon as possible (within the
next week would be great). That will considerably improve the user
experience in your language, particularly with the graphical installer.

Please send translation updates preferrably as bug reports against the
console-setup package. If you don't know how to do this, please send
them to debian-b...@lists.debian.org...and if you're really in
trouble, please send them to me directly.

Translation teams, if the original translator (see the To: field of
this mail) is unresponsive, please take the translation over as soon
as possible.

Many thanks in advance for your help. Please accept apologies for the
very late notice and the pressure we're putting on you for this update
to happen.


# translation of Debian Installer templates to Brazilian Portuguese.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
#
# Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org, 2008-2010.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: console-se...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-09 22:27+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-19 13:35-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) f...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese debian-l10n-portugu...@lists.debian.
org\n
Language: pt_BR\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl2:
#: ../console-setup.templates:2001
msgid Do not change the boot/kernel font
msgstr Não mude a fonte do kernel/inicialização

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid . Arabic
msgstr . Árabe

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Armenian
msgstr # Armênio

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Cyrillic - KOI8-R and KOI8-U
msgstr # Cirílico - KOI8-R e KOI8-U

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Cyrillic - non-Slavic languages
msgstr # Cirílico - línguas não-eslavas

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Cyrillic - Slavic languages (also Bosnian and Serbian Latin)
msgstr # Cirílico - Línguas eslavas (também Bósnio e Sérvio Latim)

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid . Ethiopic
msgstr . Etíope

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Georgian
msgstr # Georgiano

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Greek
msgstr # Grego

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Hebrew
msgstr # Hebraico

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Lao
msgstr # Laociano

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Latin1 and Latin5 - western Europe and Turkic languages
msgstr # Latin1 e Latin5 - Europa ocidental e línguas Turcas

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Latin2 - central Europe and Romanian
msgstr # Latin2 - Europa central e Romeno

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Latin3 and Latin8 - Chichewa; Esperanto; Irish; Maltese and Welsh
msgstr # Latin3 e Latin8 - Chichewa; Esperanto; Irlandês; Maltês e Galês

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Latin7 - Lithuanian; Latvian; Maori and Marshallese
msgstr # Latin7 - Lituano; Letão; Maori e Marshallese

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid . Latin - Vietnamese
msgstr . Latino - Vietnamita

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid # Thai
msgstr # Tailandês

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Hebrew; basic Arabic
msgstr . Combinado - Latino; Eslavo Cirílico; Hebraico; Árabe básico

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Greek
msgstr . Combinado - Latino; Eslavo Cirílico; Grego

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3001
msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic and non-Slavic Cyrillic
msgstr . Combinado - Latino; Eslavo e não-Eslavo Cirílico

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl3:
#: ../console-setup.templates:3002
msgid Character set to support:
msgstr Conjunto de caracteres suportados:

Completing Debian Installer translation in Brazilian Portuguese?

[Christian PERRIER]

I'm really surprised to see that Debian Installer translations in
pt_BR are still incomplete.

With a Brazilian release manager for D-I, that makes it awkward..:-)

Maybe faw is busy elsewhere, but other people could eventually
complete the missing strings?

-- 




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

d-i sublevel2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package d-i

[Christian Perrier]

Debian Installer beta 1 has been released yesterday, with translation
updates from June/July 2010.

The Debian Installer team is currently preparing the release of an RC1
version of D-I with the same features, but resynced
translations. Indeed, during beta1 preparation, a few strings changed
in seldomly used packages. We ignored these changes to check for
translation completeness but RC1 gives us an opportunity to cope with
them.

For your language, 4 out of 5 sublevels are incomplete. However, this
is sometimes only for few strings.

As you already worked on D-I translation earlier, you should know what
to do. :-)

Please note that the incomplete files are *not* attached to this mail,
because they are available from D-I SVN and other usual D-I l10n
resources, which, as a D-I translator, you should know about, right?
:-)

Please do your best to update this translation. You, or someone else
in your l10n team, should have commit rights. Please don't ask ME to
commit updates *unless you really don't know what to do*. You can't
imagine the hassle that is handling commits for about 70 languages

The deadline is not precisely determined as of nnow. Let's say you
have up  to November 7th midnight.

Many thanks for your understanding.

samba 2:3.5.6~dfsg-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package samba

[Christian Perrier]

(for once wearing a real maintainer hat!)

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
samba. 

In preparation of the squeeze release, I intend to do yet another
upload of this package.

Some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I
would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please
send the updated file as a wishlist bug against
samba.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tue, 02 Nov 2010 15:33:46 +0100 (well, roughly).

Thanks in advance,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: samba\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sa...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-02 12:18-0800\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-12 16:16-0200\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:1001
msgid Modify smb.conf to use WINS settings from DHCP?
msgstr Modificar smb.conf para usar configurações WINS fornecidas via DHCP ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:1001
msgid 
If your computer gets IP address information from a DHCP server on the 
network, the DHCP server may also provide information about WINS servers 
(\NetBIOS name servers\) present on the network.  This requires a change 
to your smb.conf file so that DHCP-provided WINS settings will automatically 
be read from /etc/samba/dhcp.conf.
msgstr 
Caso seu computador obtenha as informações de endereçamento IP de um 
servidor DHCP na rede, o servidor DHCP poderá também fornecer informações 
sobre servidor WINS (\Servidor de Nomes NetBIOS\) presentes na rede. Para 
que o Samba leia as configurações WINS fornecidas pelo servidor DHCP 
automaticamente do arquivo /etc/samba/dhcp.conf, é preciso modificar seu 
arquivo smb.conf.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:1001
msgid 
The dhcp3-client package must be installed to take advantage of this feature.
msgstr 
O pacote dhcp3-client deve estar instalado para que esse recurso possa ser 
utilizado.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:2001
msgid Configure smb.conf automatically?
msgstr Configurar smb.conf automaticamente ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:2001
msgid 
The rest of the configuration of Samba deals with questions that affect 
parameters in /etc/samba/smb.conf, which is the file used to configure the 
Samba programs (nmbd and smbd). Your current smb.conf contains an \include
\ line or an option that spans multiple lines, which could confuse the 
automated configuration process and require you to edit your smb.conf by 
hand to get it working again.
msgstr 
O restante da configuração do Samba lida com questões que afetam parâmetros 
no arquivo /etc/samba/smb.conf, que é o arquivo usado para configurar os 
programas Samba (nmbd e smbd). Seu arquivo smb.conf atual contém uma linha 
'include' ou uma opção que ocupa diversas linhas, o que pode confundir o 
processo de configuração automatizado e requerer que você edite seu arquivo 
smb.conf manualmente para torná-lo funcional novamente.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:2001
msgid 
If you do not choose this option, you will have to handle any configuration 
changes yourself, and will not be able to take advantage of periodic 
configuration enhancements.
msgstr 
Caso você opte por essa opção, você precisará lidar com quaisquer mudanças 
de configuração manualmente e você não poderá aproveitar os melhoramentos 
periódicos de configuração.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:3001
msgid Workgroup/Domain Name:
msgstr Nome de Domínio/Grupo de Trabalho :

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Please specify the workgroup you want this server to appear to be in when 
#| queried by clients. Note that this parameter also controls the domain 
#| name used with the security=domain setting.
msgid 
Please specify the workgroup for this system.  This setting controls which 
workgroup the system will appear in when used as a server, the default 
workgroup to be used when browsing with various frontends, and the domain 
name used with the \security=domain\ setting.
msgstr 
Por favor, especifique o grupo de trabalho no qual quer que este servidor 
pareça estar 

distcc 3.1-3.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package distcc

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on distcc pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, October 25, 2010.

Thanks,

# distcc Brazilian Portuguese po-debconf translation
# Copyright (C) 2007 THE distcc PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the distcc package.
# Jefferson Alexandre dos Santos jefferson.alexan...@gmail.com, 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: distcc\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dis...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-05 23:23+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-02 12:42-0300\n
Last-Translator: Jefferson Alexandre dos Santos jefferson.alexan...@gmail.
com\n
Language-Team: l10n portuguese debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:1001
msgid Start the distcc daemon on startup?
msgstr Iniciar o daemon distcc durante a inicialização?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:1001
msgid 
distcc can be run as a daemon, listening on port 3632 for incoming 
connections.
msgstr 
O distcc pode ser executado como daemon, escutando na porta 3632 por 
conexões recebidas.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:1001
msgid 
You have the option of starting the distcc daemon automatically on the 
computer startup. If in doubt, it's advised not to start it automatically on 
startup. If you later change your mind, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure 
distcc'.
msgstr 
Você tem a opção de iniciar o distcc como daemon automaticamente na 
inicialização do computador. Se estiver em dúvida, é aconselhável não iniciá-
lo automaticamente na inicialização. Se você mudar de idéia depois, você 
pode executar: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:2001
msgid Allowed client networks:
msgstr Redes cliente autorizadas:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:2001
msgid 
The distcc daemon implements access control based on the IP address of the 
client, that is trying to connect. Only the hosts or networks listed here 
are allowed to connect.
msgstr 
O daemon distcc implementa controle de acesso baseado no endereço IP dos 
clientes que estão tentando conectar. Apenas as máquinas ou redes listadas 
aqui estão autorizadas a conectar.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:2001
msgid 
You can list multiple hosts and/or networks, separated by spaces. Hosts are 
represented by their IP address, networks have to be in CIDR notation, f.e. 
\192.168.1.0/24\.
msgstr 
Você pode listar múltiplas máquinas e/ou redes, separados por espaços. 
Máquinas são representadas pelos seus endereços IP, redes tem que estar na 
notação CIDR, por exemplo, \192.168.1.0/24\.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:2001
msgid 
To change the list at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'.
msgstr 
Para mudar a lista posteriormente, você pode executar 'dpkg-reconfigure 
distcc'.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid Listen interfaces:
msgstr Interfaces a escutar:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid The distcc daemon can be bound to a specific network interface.
msgstr 
O daemon distcc pode ser restringido a uma interface de rede específica.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid 
You probably want to choose the interface of your local network by entering 
it's IP address. If distccd should listen on all interfaces, just enter 
nothing.
msgstr 
Você provavelmente quer escolher a interface da sua rede local informando o 
seu endereço IP. Se o distcc deve escutar em todas as interfaces, não 
informe nada.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid 
Be sure to protect distccd from unauthorized access, by being careful in 
your choice of the listen interface and allowed networks. distccd should  
never be accessible from untrusted networks. If that is needed, secureshell 
should be used instead of the daemon.
msgstr 
Tenha certeza de proteger o distccd contra acessos não autorizados, sendo 
cuidadoso na escolha das interfaces nas quais ele escuta e nas redes 
autorizadas. O distccd nunca deve estar acessível a partir de redes não 
confiáveis. Se isso é necessário, o secureshell deve ser usado ao invés do 
daemon.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../distcc.templates:3001
msgid 
To change the address at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure 
distcc'.
msgstr 
Para mudar os endereços posteriormente, você pode executar: 'dpkg-
reconfigure distcc'.

#. 

mysql-5.1 5.1.49-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mysql-5.1

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on mysql-5.1 pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, October 23, 2010.

Thanks,

# Brazilian Portuguese (pt_BR) debconf template translation for
# Debian's mysql-dfsg source package.
# Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org
# André Luís Lopes, andre...@debian.org , 2004
# André Luís Lopes, andre...@debian.org , 2006
# André Luís Lopes, andre...@debian.org , 2007
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: mysql-dfsg-5.1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: mysql-...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-31 12:35+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-21 15:59-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:2001
msgid Really proceed with downgrade?
msgstr Realmente proceder com o rebaixamento de versão?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:2001
msgid A file named /var/lib/mysql/debian-*.flag exists on this system.
msgstr Um arquivo de nome /var/lib/mysql/debian-*.flag existe no sistema.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| Such file is an indication that a mysql-server package with a higher 
#| version has been installed earlier.
msgid 
Such a file is an indication that a mysql-server package with a higher 
version has been installed previously.
msgstr 
A presença de um arquivo como este é uma indicação de que um pacote mysql-
server com um número de versão mais alto já foi instalado anteriormente.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:2001
msgid 
There is no guarantee that the version you're currently installing will be 
able to use the current databases.
msgstr 
Não há garantias de que a versão que você está instalando no momento 
conseguirá utilizar as bases de dados existentes.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:3001
msgid Important note for NIS/YP users
msgstr Aviso importante para usuários NIS/YP

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:3001
msgid 
Using MySQL under NIS/YP requires a mysql user account to be added on the 
local system with:
msgstr 

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| You should also check the permissions and the owner of the /var/lib/mysql 
#| directory:
msgid 
You should also check the permissions and ownership of the /var/lib/mysql 
directory:
msgstr 
Você deverá também checar as permissões e o dono do diretório /var/lib/mysql:

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:4001
msgid Remove all MySQL databases?
msgstr Remover todas as bases de dados do MySQL?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:4001
msgid 
The /var/lib/mysql directory which contains the MySQL databases is about to 
be removed.
msgstr 
O diretório /var/lib/mysql, o qual contém as bases de dados do MySQL, está 
prestes a ser removido.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:4001
msgid 
If you're removing the MySQL package in order to later install a more recent 
version or if a different mysql-server package is already using it, the data 
should be kept.
msgstr 
Caso você esteja removendo o pacote MySQL para posteriormente instalar uma 
versão mais recente ou, caso uma versão diferente do pacote mysql-server 
esteja sendo utilizada, os dados deverão ser mantidos.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:5001
msgid Start the MySQL server on boot?
msgstr Iniciar o servidor MySQL junto a inicialização da máquina?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:5001
msgid 
The MySQL server can be launched automatically at boot time or manually with 
the '/etc/init.d/mysql start' command.
msgstr 
O servidor MySQL pode ser iniciado automaticamente junto a inicialização da 
máquina ou manualmente com o comando '/etc/init.d/mysql start'.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:6001
msgid New password for the MySQL \root\ user:
msgstr Nova senha para o usuário \root\ do MySQL:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../mysql-server-5.1.templates:6001
msgid 
While not mandatory, it is highly recommended that you set a password for 
the MySQL administrative \root\ user.
msgstr 
Apesar de não ser mandatório, é altamente recomendado que você defina uma 
senha para o usuário administrativo \root\ do MySQL.

#. Type: 

dtc-xen 0.5.13-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package dtc-xen

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on dtc-xen pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, October 19, 2010.

Thanks,

# dtc-xen's po-debconf Brazilian Portuguse translation.
# Copyright (C) 2007, André Luís Lopes
# This file is distributed under the same license as the dtc-xen package.
# André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org, 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: dtc-xen\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dtc-...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-09-29 14:06+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-21 14:17-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR utf-8\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:1001
msgid SOAP server login:
msgstr Login no servidor SOAP:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Dtc-xen will start it's Python based SOAP server to listen for incoming 
requests over a TCP socket. A remote application (like the dtc web hosting 
control panel) can then connect to it in order to start, stop, create and 
destroy a VPS.
msgstr 
O dtc-xen irá ouvir em um servidor SOAP Python (ao qual um painel DTC poderá 
se conectar para iniciar, parar, criar e destruir um Servidor Virtual 
Privado).

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:1001
msgid Please enter the login name to connect to the server.
msgstr Por favor, informe o nome de login para se conectar ao servidor.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:2001
msgid SOAP server pass:
msgstr Senha no servidor SOAP:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:2001
msgid 
Dtc-xen will generate a .htpasswd file for the login you have just 
configured.
msgstr 
O dtc-xen irá gerar um arquivo .htpasswd para o login que você acabou de 
configurar.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:2001
msgid Please enter the password to use in that file.
msgstr Por favor, informe a senha a ser utilizada nesse arquivo.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:3001
msgid Debian repository for VPS creation:
msgstr Repositório Debian para a criação do VPS:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid 
Please enter the repository to use for creating the VPS (Virtual Private 
Server). The current /etc/apt/sources.list file will be copied to the 
created VPS so the repository you enter here will be used only during the 
debootstrap stage of the VPS creation.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o repositório a ser utilizado para a criação do VPS 
(Servidor Virtual Privado). O arquivo /etc/apt/sources.list atual será 
copiado para o VPS criado, portanto, o repositório informado aqui será 
utilizado somente durante o estágio debootstrap da criação do VPS.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:4001
msgid Network mask for the VPS:
msgstr Máscara de rede para o VPS:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:4001
msgid 
Please enter the network mask to use in the created Virtual Private Server's 
network settings.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe a máscara de rede a ser utilizada nas configurações de 
rede do Servidor Virtual Privado criado.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:5001
msgid Network address for the VPS:
msgstr Endereço de rede para o VPS:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:5001
msgid 
Please enter the network address to use in the created Virtual Private 
Server's network settings.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o endereço de rede a ser utilizado nas configurações de 
rede do Servidor Virtual Privado.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:6001
msgid Broadcast address for the VPS:
msgstr Endereço de broadcast para o VPS:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:6001
msgid 
Please enter the network broadcast address to use in the created Virtual 
Private Server's network settings.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o endereço de broadcast a ser utilizado nas configurações 
do Servidor Virtual Privado criado.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:7001
msgid Gateway address for the VPS:
msgstr Endereço de gateway para o VPS:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dtc-xen.templates:7001
msgid 
Please enter the network gateway address to use in the created Virtual 
Private Server's network settings.
msgstr 
Por favor, informe o endereço do gateway a ser utilizado nas configurações 
de rede do Servidor Virtual Privado criado.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: 

mason 1.0.0-12.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mason

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on mason pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, October 18, 2010.

Thanks,

# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: mason 1.0.0\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-06-29 22:07+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-25 05:09-0300\n
Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) fel...@cathedrallabs.
org\n
Language-Team: Portuguese/Brazil debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
pt_BR\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001 ../templates:2001
msgid accept
msgstr aceitar

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001 ../templates:2001
msgid reject
msgstr rejeitar

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001 ../templates:2001
msgid deny
msgstr negar

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid Default action for new firewall rules:
msgstr Ação \default\ para novas regras de firewall:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid 
The new rule default action specifies how Mason will handle unknown packets, 
when the firewall is in learning mode.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid 
The \accept\ action will allow the packet through.  \Reject\ will stop 
the packet with a rejection reply, while \deny\ will drop the packet 
silently.
msgstr 
A ação \aceitar (accept)\ permitirá que o pacote passe. \Rejeitar 
(reject)\ vai parar o pacote com uma resposta de rejeição, enquanto \negar 
(deny)\ vai descartar o pacote silenciosamente.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid Default action for rulesets:
msgstr Ação \default\ para os conjuntos de regras:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid 
The default action specifies how Mason will handle unknown packets, when the 
firewall is not in learning mode.
msgstr 

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid 
Again, \accept\ allows the packet through, \reject\ drops the packet 
with a reply, and \deny\ silently drops the packet.
msgstr 
Novamente, \aceitar (accept)\ permite que o pacote passe, \rejeitar 
(reject)\ descarta o pacote com uma resposta, e \negar (deny)\ 
silenciosamente descarta o pacote.

#~ msgid accept, reject, deny
#~ msgstr aceitar, rejeitar, negar

#~ msgid 
#~ When Mason detects a new kind of traffic and creates a rule for it, what 
#~ action should the rule take?
#~ msgstr 
#~ Quando Mason detectar um novo tipo de tráfego e criar uma nova regra para 
#~ ele, qual ação a regra deve tomar?

#~ msgid 
#~ What should the default action be when a packet does not match any of the 
#~ rules set up by Mason?
#~ msgstr 
#~ Qual deverá ser a ação \default\ quando um pacote não se encaixar em 
#~ nenhum dos conjuntos de regras configurados no Mason?

adjtimex 1.29-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package adjtimex

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on adjtimex pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, October 18, 2010.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: adjtimex_1.16-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: adjti...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-17 07:38+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-01-17 20:55-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Should adjtimex be run at installation and at every startup?
msgstr Executar o adjtimex durante a instalação e a cada reinicialização ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| adjtimex can run at system startup to set the kernel time parameters to 
#| the values in /etc/default/adjtimex. Don't accept if you just want to use 
#| adjtimex to inspect the current parameters.
msgid 
Running adjtimex at system startup will set the kernel time parameters to 
the values in /etc/default/adjtimex.
msgstr 
O adjtimex pode ser executado na inicialização do sistema para definir 
parâmetros de tempo de kernel para os valores em /etc/default/adjtimex. Não 
aceite caso você somente queira usar o adjtimex para inspecionar os 
parâmetros atuais.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| adjtimex can run at system startup to set the kernel time parameters to 
#| the values in /etc/default/adjtimex. Don't accept if you just want to use 
#| adjtimex to inspect the current parameters.
msgid 
You should not choose this option if you just want to use adjtimex to 
inspect the current parameters.
msgstr 
O adjtimex pode ser executado na inicialização do sistema para definir 
parâmetros de tempo de kernel para os valores em /etc/default/adjtimex. Não 
aceite caso você somente queira usar o adjtimex para inspecionar os 
parâmetros atuais.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Should adjtimexconfig be run at installation time?
msgid Run adjtimexconfig when adjtimex is installed or upgraded?
msgstr Executar o adjtimexconfig durante a instalação ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Translators: do not translate tick and frequency
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| The adjtimexconfig script will use adjtimex to find values for the kernel 
#| variables tick and frequency that will make the system clock 
#| approximately agree with the hardware clock (also known as the CMOS 
#| clock).  It then saves these values in the configuration file /etc/
#| default/adjtimex so the settings will be restored on every boot, when /
#| etc/init.d/adjtimex runs.
msgid 
The adjtimexconfig script will use adjtimex to find values for the kernel 
variables \tick\ and \frequency\ that will make the system clock 
approximately agree with the hardware clock (also known as the CMOS clock).  
It then saves these values in the configuration file /etc/default/adjtimex 
so the settings will be restored on every boot, when /etc/init.d/adjtimex 
runs.
msgstr 
O script adjtimex irá utilizar o adjtimex para encontrar valores para 
variáveis de kernel tick e frequency que farão com que o relógio do sistema 
concorde aproimadamente com o relógio de hardware (também conhecido como 
relógio CMOS). Ele irá então gravar esses valores no arquivo de 
configuração /etc/default/adjtimex de modo que as configurações sejam 
restauradas a cada renicialização, quando o /etc/init.d/adjtimex é executado.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid 
#| The script takes 70 sec to run. Alternatively, you can run adjtimexconfig 
#| yourself at a later time, or determine the kernel variables one of 
#| several other ways (see the adjtimex man page) and install them in /etc/
#| default/adjtimex.
msgid 
The script takes 70 seconds to run, so running it for every upgrade may be a 
waste of time. Alternatively, you can run adjtimexconfig manually when 
needed, or determine the kernel variables by using other 

tripwire 2.4.2-5.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package tripwire

[Christian Perrier]

Hi,

A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on tripwire pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).

A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.


The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, October 15, 2010.

Thanks,

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: tripwire\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: tripw...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-06-25 12:44+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-21 21:24-0300\n
Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes andre...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Debian-BR Project debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Do you wish to upgrade?
msgstr Você deseja atualizar ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
The format of the Tripwire database and configuration files have changed 
substantially between previous versions and this release.
msgstr 
O formato da base de dados do Tripwire e seus arquivos de configuração 
mudaram substancialmente em relação à versões anteriores.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
To ensure your system remains secure, the upgrade process keeps a copy of 
the old version of Tripwire and the old configuration file along with any 
old databases that may exist.  You will find a detailed explanation for 
using the old version of Tripwire in /usr/share/doc/tripwire/README.Debian.
msgstr 
Para assegurar que seus sistema continue seguro, o processo de atualização 
manterá uma cópia da versão anterior do Tripwire e do arquivo de 
configuração antigo junto com quaisquer base de dados que eventualmente 
possam existir. Você poderá encontrar uma explicação detalhada sobre como 
usar a versão anterior do Tripwire no arquivo /usr/share/doc/tripwire/
READEME.Debian.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
However, as no conversion of the old configuration file and database is 
attempted, you may prefer not to upgrade.
msgstr 
No entanto, como nenhuma conversão do arquivo de configuração e da base de 
dados antigos será efetuada, você talvez prefira não atualizar.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Due to the way Debian handles configuration files, if you choose to upgrade 
you must accept the new version of /etc/cron.daily/tripwire for regular 
reporting to occur.  The cron job associated with the previous version will 
continue to run regardless.
msgstr 
Devido a maneira com que o Debian gerencia arquivos de configuração, caso 
você opte por atualizar você deverá aceitar a nova versão do arquivo /etc/
cron.daily/tripwire para que os relatórios habituais sejam gerados. O job 
cron associado com a versão anterior continuará a ser executado independente 
de sua escolha.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Do you wish to create/use your site key passphrase during installation?
msgstr 
Você deseja criar/usar a passphrase de sua chave de site durante a 
instalação ?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Tripwire uses a pair of keys to sign various files, thus ensuring their 
unaltered state.  By accepting here, you will be prompted for the passphrase 
for the first of those keys, the site key, during the installation.  You are 
also agreeing to create of a site key if one doesn't exist already.  
Tripwire uses the site key to sign files that may be common to multiple 
systems, e.g. the configuration  policy files.  See twfiles(5) for more 
information.
msgstr 
O Tripwire utiliza um par de chaves para assinar diversos arquivos, 
garantindo assim o estado inalterado dos mesmos. Ao aceitar esta oferta, sua 
passphrase lhe será pedida para a primeira destas chaves, a chave de site 
(site key), durante a instalação. Você estará também concordando em criar 
uma chave de site caso uma ainda não exista. O Tripwire utiliza a chave de 
site para assinar arquivos que podem ser comuns para diversos sistemas, 
como, por exemplo, o arquivo de configuração e o arquivo de políticas. 
Consulte a página de manual twfiles(5) para maiores informações.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001 ../templates:3001
msgid